Modul Bahasa Inggris Sma N Solok

DISCUSSION MATERIALS
OF
GENRE
For
SENIOR HIGH SCHOLL STUDENTS
Disusun oleh
Drs. NOFRI ANTEN. M.Pd
GURU BAHASA INGGRIS SMA 4 SOLOK
SMA Students Modul of English
DAFTAR ISI
I.
Understanding Types of Text......................................................5
1.
Analytical Exposition Text..........................................................5
What is Analytical Exposition?......................................................................5
Example of Analytical Exposition..................................................................6
A.
Is Smoking Good for Us?......................................................................6
B.
Opportunity in the Global Financial Crisis............................................7
C.
Laptop as Students' Friend..................................................................7
D.
Career in Translation............................................................................ 8
E.
Writing is a Great for Money Online.....................................................9
2.
Anecdote Text...........................................................................9
What is Anecdote?...................................................................................... 10
Example of Anecdote..................................................................................10
A.
Blessing behind Tragedy....................................................................10
3.
Description Text......................................................................12
What is Descriptive Text?............................................................................ 12
Example of Description............................................................................... 13
A.
My Friend's New Shoes.......................................................................13
B.
Borobudur Temple..............................................................................13
4.
Narrative Text.........................................................................14
What is Narrative?....................................................................................... 14
Example of Narative.................................................................................... 15
A.
Queen of Arabia and Three Sheiks.....................................................15
B.
The Smartest Parrot...........................................................................16
C.
The Legend of Toba Lake....................................................................17
D.
Cinderella 1........................................................................................ 18
E.
The Smartest Animal..........................................................................19
5.
Procedure Text........................................................................20
What is Procedure?..................................................................................... 20
Example of Procedure................................................................................. 21
A.
Planting Chilies..................................................................................21
B.
Writing For Business...........................................................................21
C.
How to Make a Cheese Omelet..........................................................22
6.
News Item Text........................................................................22
What is News Item?..................................................................................... 22
Example of Procedure................................................................................. 23
A.
Malaysian Women Suggested to Carry Condoms...............................23
B.
Indonesian Maid in HK Court after Having Sex...................................24
C.
Indonesian Maid beheaded................................................................25
7.
Discussion Text.......................................................................25
What is Discussion?.................................................................................... 25
Example of Discussion Text.........................................................................26
A.
Example of Discussion Text on Nuclear Power...................................26
B.
Hunting Fox........................................................................................ 28
8.
Explanation Text......................................................................28
What is Explanation?................................................................................... 28
Example of Explanation Text.......................................................................29
A.
Tsunami.............................................................................................. 29
B.
How Day and Night Happen...............................................................29
C.
Why Summer Daylight is Longger than Winter Daylight....................30
9.
Hortatory Exposition Text........................................................30
What is Hortatory Exposition?.....................................................................30
Example of Hortatory Exposition.................................................................31
A.
Watch your Kids While Watching TV...................................................31
B.
More Dust Bins is Cleaner; example of hortatory...............................32
C.
Where should be after High School?; a hortatory text.......................33
D.
Millions from Property Market; a hortatory exposition text................34
10.
Report Text.............................................................................34
What is Report?........................................................................................... 34
Example of Report Text............................................................................... 35
A.
Platypus; a report text.......................................................................35
11.
Spoof Text...............................................................................36
What is Spoof?............................................................................................ 36
Example of Spoof text................................................................................. 37
A.
That Phone is Off............................................................................ 37
B.
Saved by Stilts................................................................................... 38
C.
Private Conversation..........................................................................39
D.
Nasreddins Coat................................................................................ 39
E.
Penguin in the Park............................................................................ 40
12.
Recount Text...........................................................................41
What is Recount?........................................................................................ 41
Example of Recount text............................................................................. 41
A.
Vacation to London............................................................................ 41
B.
Between Recount and Narrative........................................................42
C.
Visiting Bali........................................................................................ 42
D.
My Horrible Experience......................................................................43
E.
My Grandpas Funeral in Toraja..........................................................44
13.
Review Text.............................................................................45
Example of Review text............................................................................... 46
A.
Zenni Optical; a site for eyeglasses...................................................46
B.
Good Translation................................................................................ 47
C.
Recording Mommy Journey................................................................47
D.
Good Young Mother............................................................................ 48
E.
Recommended Software Applications................................................48
14.
Similarities and differenties.....................................................48
A.
The Differences between Report and Descriptive Text.......................48
B.
Between Explanation and Procedure Text..........................................49
C.
Between Recount and Narrative........................................................49
D.
Between Explanation and Procedure Text..........................................50
15.
A Complete Overview Of Tex Types...........................................50
16.
Bentuk Soal Reading...............................................................54
II.
FUNCTIONAL SKILL..................................................................56
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
III.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
Offering Help or Things (menawarkan bantuan / menawarkan sesuatu)

Error! Bookmark not defined.
Introducing (memperkenalkan)..........................................................57
Greeting (memberi salam).................................................................58
Inviting (mengundang/mengajak)......................................................59
Expressing Thanks (terimakasih).......................................................60
Congratulations (ucapan selamat).....................................................61
Sympathy (menyatakan rasa simpati)...............................................62
Pleasure, Displeasure (senang & tidak senang).................................63
Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction ( kepuasan, ketidakpuasan)...................64
Asking & Giving Opinion (meminta & memberi pendapat)................65
Agreement/approval, Disagreement/disapproval (setuju, tidak setuju)65
Fear, Anciety (ungkapan ketakutan, kegelisahan)..............................66
Pain, Relief (ungkapan kesakitan, kelegaan)......................................67
Like/Love & Dislike/Hate (suka/cinta & tidak suka/benci)...................67
Embarrassment & Annoyance (Ungkapan rasa malu, kejengkelan)...68
Request (permintaan)........................................................................69
Complaint, Blame (keluhan,menyalahkan)........................................70
Regret, Apology (penyesalan, meminta maaf)...................................71
Possibility & Impossibility (kemungkinan & ketidakmungkinan).........72
LANGUAGE USAGE...................................................................73
TENSES.............................................................................................. 73
DIRECT - INDIRECT (Reported Speech)...............................................78
PASSIVE VOICE (kalimat pasif)...........................................................83
DEGREES OF COMPARISON (tingkat perbandingan)...........................86
QUESTION TAGS.................................................................................87
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (kalimat pengandaian)............................88
RELATIVE PRONOUNS (kata ganti penghubung).................................89
SUBJUNCTIVE WISH............................................................................90
CAUSATIVE HAVE/GET........................................................................90
GERUND............................................................................................. 91
PREFERENCES (pilihan/kesukaan)......................................................92
CONNECTORS (Kata Penghubung).....................................................92
CONJUNCTIONS (Kata Sambung)........................................................93
ELLIPTIC CONSTRUCTION...................................................................94
I.
Understanding Types of Text

Text can be classified into several types. The term of 'type' is
sometime stated as 'genre'. These types of text are;
1. Analytical Exposition
8. Explanation
2. Anecdote
9. Hortatory Exposition
3. Descriptive
10. Report
4. Narrative
11. Spoof
5. Procedure
12. Recount
6. News Items
13. Review
7. Discussion
These classification on type of text are based on analysis of three
main elements of text. These elements of text are:
The purpose of the text; why is the text made?, what is text made for
by its writer
The generic structure of the text; analyzing the used structure in
composing the text, in what way is the text constructed by its writer.
The language feature; taking a look at the linguistic characterizations
of the text, what kind of language feature is used to build the text by
its writer.
1. Analytical Exposition Text

What is Analytical Exposition?
1. Definition of Analytical Exposition
Exposition is a text that elaborates the writers idea about the
phenomenon surrounding. Its social function is to persuade the
reader that the idea is important matter.
2. Generic Structure of Analytical Exposition
Thesis: Introducing the topic and indicating the writers position
Argument 1: Explaining the argument to support the writers
position
Argument 2: Explaining the other arguments support the writers
position more
Reiteration: Restating the writers position
3. Language Features of Analytical Exposition
Using relational process
Using internal conjunction
Using causal conjunction
Using Simple Present Tense
4. Examples and structures of the text
Cars should be banned in the city
Thesis
Argument
s
Reiteratio
n
Cars should be banned in the city. As we all know,

cars create pollution, and cause a lot of road deaths and
other accidents.
Firstly, cars, as we all know, contribute to most of the
pollution in the world.
Cars emit a deadly gas that causes illnesses such as
bronchitis, lung cancer, and triggers off asthma. Some
of these illnesses are so bad that people can die from
them.
Secondly, the city is very busy. Pedestrians wander
everywhere and cars commonly hit pedestrians in the
city, which causes them to die. Cars today are our roads
biggest killers.
Thirdly, cars are very noisy. If you live in the city, you
may find it hard to sleep at night, or concentrate on your
homework, and especially talk to someone.
In conclusion, cars should be banned from the city for
the reasons listed.
Example of Analytical Exposition

A. Is Smoking Good for Us?
Before we are going to smoke, it is better to look at the fact.
About 50 thousands people die every year in Britain as direct
result of smoking. This is seven times as many as die in road
accidents. Nearly a quarter of smokers die because of diseases
caused by smoking.
Ninety percent of lung cancers are caused by smoking. If we
smoke five cigarettes a day, we are six times more likely to die of
lung cancer than a non smoker. If we smoke twenty cigarettes a
day, the risk is nineteen greater. Ninety five percent of people
who suffer of bronchitis are people who are smoking. Smokers are
two and half times more likely to die of heart disease than non
smokers.
Additionally, children of smoker are more likely to develop
bronchitis and pneumonia. In one hour in smoky room, non
smoker breathes as much as substance causing cancer as if he
had smoked fifteen cigarettes.
Smoking is really good for tobacco companies because they
do make much money from smoking habit. Smoking however is
not good for every body else.
Notes on the generic structure:
From the generic structure, what make big different is that
analytical exposition ends with paragraph to strengthen the thesis
while hortatory makes a recommendation for readers.
Thesis: This pre-conclusive paragraph states the writers point of

view about the topic discussed. Writer has show himself in clear
position of the discussed topic. Paragraph 1 is the thesis of this
analytical exposition text. It states the fact of the very fatal
impact of the smoking habit. Clearly the writer wants to say that
smoking is not a good habit.
Arguments: Presenting arguments in analytical exposition text is
as important as giving conflict plot in narrative text. The series of
argument will strengthen the thesis stated before. In this example
of analytical exposition text, paragraph 2 and 3 are the detail
arguments presented in a reporting fact to support that smoking
is not good even for smokers themselves. Furthermore, people
who do not smoke but they are in smoky area have the bad effect
too from the smoking habit.
Reiteration: This end paragraph actually is restating the thesis. It
is something like conclusive paragraph from the previous
arguments. The last paragraph of this example of analytical
exposition points again that smoking is not good for smokers and
people around smokers. However smoking is very good for
Cigarette Companies
B. Opportunity in the Global Financial Crisis
US financial crisis and its contagion to Europe and the rest of
the world could also create new opportunity for Indonesia in term
of foreign direc investment and the development of basic
infrastructure.
As the US, financial crisis has now spread to Europe, the oilrich countries such as Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and Arab Emirate
which have accumulated hundreds of billion of Dollars in their
foreign reserve, are now reviewing their holding or investment
vehicle. They are looking for more diversified investment outside
the US and Europe.
Because of unfavorable political developments in Thailand
and Malaysia over the past few months, Indonesia which has
largely Muslim population could become one of these oil-rich
countries' favorite place for foreign direct investment. That wil be
true if the conditions, legal and market infrastructures are
conducive for Islamic financial instruments.
The government had improved the legal framework with the
recent actment of laws on sharia banking and bonds. The long
term nature of Islamic bonds could make them the most suitable
investment instrument for Indonesia, as these bonds grant an
investor a share in an asset along with the cash flows and risks
commensurate with such ownership.
The financial crisis that has gripped the globe and weakening
economic growth in the rest of the world will serve to the
government to accelerate the investment reform measures in

order to grab the hidden opportunity in the global crisis.
(Simplified from the jakartapos.com on Oct 9)
NOTES ON Generic Structure:
Paragraph 1 is THESIS. It introduces the topic of the text which
state the potential opportunity behind the glogal financial
crisis.
Paragraphes 2 and 3 are the
Small Notes
ARGUMENTS which support to the
Analytical Exposition
(Eksposisi Analitis)
opinios stated in the above thesis.
Ciri Umum:
Paragraph 4 is REITERATION which
(a) Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:
restates the thesis in another
Memaparkan dan mempengaruhi
phrases to point the writer'opinion.
audience (pendengar atau
pembaca) bahwa ada masalah
yang tentunya perlu mendapat
perhatian.
(b) Struktur Teks/Generic structure
Thesis; Pernyataan pendapat
Argument; terdiri atas
point yang dikemukakan
dan elaborasi;
Reiteration ; Penguatan
pernyataan.
(c) Ciri Kebahasaan: Menggunakan:
General nouns, misalnya car,
pollution, leaded petrol car, dsb.
Abstract nouns, misalnya policy,
government, dsb.
Technical verbs, misalnya
species of animals, dsb.
Relating verbs, misalnya It is
important, dsb.
Action verbs, misalnya She must
save, dsb.
Thinking verbs, misalnya Many
people believe, dsb
Modal verbs, misalnya we must
preserve, dsb.
Modal adverbs, misalnya
certainly, we, dsb.
Connectives, misalnya firstly,
secondly,dsb.
Bahasa evaluatif, misalnya
important, valuable, trustworthy,
dsb.
Kalimat pasif
C. Laptop as Students' Friend
Conventionally, students need

book, pen, eraser, drawing book, ruler
and such other stuff. Additionally, in
this multimedia era, students need
more to reach their progressive
development. Students need mobile
keyboards to record every presented
subject easily. Of course it will need
more cost but it will deserve for its
function.
First, modern schools tend to

apply fast transferring knowledge
because the school needs to catch the
target of curriculum. Every subject will
tend to be given in demonstrative
method. Consequently students need
extra media cover the subject. Since
there is a laptop on every students
desk, this method will help student to
get better understanding.
Secondly, finding an appropriate
laptop is not difficult as it was.
Recently there is an online shop which
provides comprehensive information.
The best is that the shop has service of
online shopping. The students just
need to brows that online shop, decide
which computer or laptop they need, and then complete the
transaction. After that the laptop will be delivered to the students'

houses. That is really easy and save time and money.
From all of that, having mobile computer is absolutely useful
for students who want to catch the best result for their study.
Buying laptop online is advisable because it will cut the price. This
online way is recommended since online shop also provides
several laptop types. Students just need to decide which type
they really need.
D. Career in Translation
Functionally, translation is transferring the message or the

meaning and not the word. According to Nida, such translation is
called dynamic equivalence translation. It tries to bring the
precise message in different language.
Many people like to watch Hollywood movie but many get
trouble in understanding to the actors' dialogue. So the way they
get the understanding about the movie is reading the translating
text running. If Hindi translation is provided, it will bring the better
understanding for Indian moviegoer. Hollywood movie spread over
other Asia countries. Therefore, Arabic translation, Indonesian
translation and Farsi translation are widely needed and that is a
big chance for English master in that countries.
India is likely being an English speaking country. India
translation will grow better and. It seems Indonesia, Malaysia and
Filipina will reach that mark too soon. Translation job will be great
in amount and that is good development for translating job
seekers.
E. Writing is a Great for Money Online
The emergence of the internet has given internet
entrepreneurs many ways to make money. Writers are one group
that have benefited from their talents as a result in the rise of
internet based jobs.
Blog writing is an increasingly popular way to earn money
online determined by the owner of the blog. They are very popular
because of tBlogs are usually written on a certain subject area but
can vary as its content is heir simplicity to get up and running.
There are many free websites out there that will help you set up
your own blog if you choose to go that route because blog plus
advertisement is a potential money
Article writing is also good money to earn money online. Make
sure to gear your articles to promote and advertise you own
business ventures. These articles are a free way to market the
products and services you offer for free. The most effective
advertising with these articles comes from the dialogue box that
is inserted at the end of each article. These dialogue boxes
contain links to basically any website you would like to drive

traffic to. For instance, you might have one link in your dialogue
box to a product you are selling and one to a blog where you are
promoting a discussing other products.
Writing takes some time to gain credibility through but once
it's done' earning potential can become very powerful.
Generic Structure Analysis
Thesis; Writing is good in making money online
Argument 1; blog is a potentially earning money
Argumant 2; writing articles is good in earning money
Conclusion; credible writer is powerful to make money online
Language Feature Analysis
Simple present tense; Blog writing is an increasingly popular
way to earn money online, Writing takes some time to gain
credibility, etc
Causal conjunction ; because, etc
2. Anecdote Text
What is Anecdote?
1. Definition and Social Function of Anecdote
Anecdote is a text which retells funny and unusual incidents in fact or
imagination. Its purpose is to entertain the readers.
2. Generic Structure of Anecdote
1. Abstract
2. Orientation
3. Crisis
4. Incident.
3. Language Feature of Anecdote
1. Using exclamation words; it's awful!, it's wonderful!, etc
2. Using imperative; listen to this
3. Using rhetoric question; do you know what?
4. Using action verb; go, write, etc
5. Using conjunction of time; then, afterward
6. Using simple past tense
Snake in the Bath
How would you like to find a snake in your bath? A
nasty one too!
Orientation
We had just moved into a new house, which had been
Abstract
10
Crisis
Incident
Coda
empty for so long that everything was in a terrible mess.

Anna and I decided we would clean the bath first, so we
set to, and turned on the tap.
Suddenly to my horror, a snakes head appeared in
the plug-hole. Then out slithered the rest of his long thin
body. He twisted and turned on the slippery bottom of the
bath, spitting and hissing at us.
For an instant I stood thereSmall
quiteNotes
paralysed. Then I
2. Anecdote
(Cerita and
Lucu)
yelled for my husband, who luckily
came running
killed the snake with the handleCiri
of Umum:
a broom. Anna, who
Tujuan interested
Komunikatif Teks:
was only three at the time, was(a)
quite
in the
Menceritakan
kejadian/peristiwa
lucu
whole business. Indeed I had to pull her out of the way
or
berdasarkan
khayalan
atau
peristiwa
shed probably have leant over the bath to get a better
nyata yang bertujuan menghibur.
look!
Struktur Teks/Generic structure
Ever since then Ive always(b)
put
the plug in firmly
Abstrak (Abstract)
before running the bath water. Pengenalan (Orientation)
Example of Anecdote
Krisis (Crisis)
Tindakan (Incident)
Koda (Coda)
(c) Ciri Kebahasaan: Menggunakan:
seruan/kata seru, pertanyaan retorik
dan kata-kata seperti Listen to this!
And do you know what? Its awful,
isnt it? dsb.
action verbs, misalnya go, write,
dsb.
A. Blessing behind Tragedy

There was a black family in Scotland
years ago. They were Clark family with
nine children. They had a dream to go to
America. The family worked and saved.
They were making plan to travel with
their children to America. It had taken
several years but finally they had saved conjunctions yang berhubungan
dengan waktu, seperti then,
enough
money.
They
had
gotten
afterwards, dsb.
passport. They had booked seats for the
whole family member in a new liner to America.
The entire family was full of anticipation and excitement with
their new life in America. However few days before their
departure, the youngest son was bitten by a dog. The doctor
sewed up the boy. Because of the possibility of getting rabies,
there were being quarantined for long days. They were in
quarantine when the departure time came. The family dreams
were dashed. They could not make the trip to America as they had
planned.
The father was full of disappointed and anger. He stomped
the dock to watch the ship leaved without him and his family. He
shed tears of disappointment. He cursed both his son and God for
the misfortune.
Five days latter, the tragic news spread throughout Scotland.
The ship, the mighty Titanic, had shank. It took hundreds of
passenger and crew with it. Titanic which had been called the
unsinkable ship had sunk. It was unbelievable but it was.
11
The Clak family should have been on that ship, but because
of the bitten son by a dog, they were left behind. When the father
heard the news, he hugged the son and thanked him for saving
the family. He thanked God for saving their lives. It was a blessing
behind a tragedy. (Adapted from Look Ahead 2)
Abstract: Everybody has a dream. You have and so do I. When the
dream will come true, there is something wrong last minute before
it. What will we feel? What will we do?
Orientation: the Clak family lived in Scotland. They had dream to
travel to America. They prepared well for their plan
Crisis: few days before they went to America, his youngest son was
bitten by a dog. It made they were being quarantined. They had to
forget their plan.
Incident: the family was full of disappointment and anger. The
father was angry with his son and God. The family failed to travel to
America and the father could not accept it.
Coda: the father thank to his son when he hear the ship sank. He
thank to God because of saving the family from sinking. He thought
leaving behind the ship was not a tragedy but a blessing.
3. Description Text
What is Descriptive Text?
1. The Definition and Purpose of Descriptive Text
Descriptive text is a text which says what a person or a thing is like.
Its purpose is to describe and reveal a particular person, place, or
thing.
2. The Generic Structure of Descriptive Text
Descriptive text has structure as below:
Identification; identifying the phenomenon to be described.
Description; describing the phenomenon in parts, qualities, or/and
characteristics.
3. The Language Feature of Descriptive Text
Using attributive and identifying process.
Using adjective and classifiers in nominal group.
Using simple present tense
Identificati
on
MacQuarie University
Macquarie University is one of the largest universities
in Australia. This year, in 2004, it celebrates its 40 th
12
anniversary.
Description
The university is located at the North Ryde Greenbelt,
Sydney, where the New South Wales government sets
aside 135 hectares for the institution. In 1964, Macquarie
area was a rural retreat on the city fringe, but today the
campus and its surroundings have evolved beyond
recognition. The North Ryde District has grown into a
district of intensive occupation anchored by a vibrant and
growing university.
Blessed with a fortunate location and room to breathe,
Macquarie can be proud of that careful planning that
retains and enrich the universitys most attractive natural
features. A pleasing balance between buildings and
plating is evident across the campus. This emphasis on
the importance of landscape has created images of
Macquarie as a place that members of the university are
most likely to pleasurably recollect.
One of the highlights of the landscape is the Mars
Creek zone. It comprises landscaped creek sides and
valley floor, a grass amphitheatre, and artificial lake
surrounded by rocks and pebbles, native plants and
eucalypts.
Today, a railway station is under construction. In three
years1 time, Macquarie will be the only university in
Australia with a railway station on site. Macquarie is
poised to be the most readily accessible in Sydney region
by rail and motorway, yet retaining its beautiful site.
Example of Description
A. My Friend's New Shoes
I have a close Friend. She is beautiful, attractive and trendy.
She always want to be a trend setter of the day. She always pays
much attention on her appearance. Recently, she bought a new
stylist foot legs from blowfish shoes products. This shoes really
matches on her.
Her new blowfish women's shoes are wonderful. When she
are walking on that shoes, all her friends, including me watch and
admire that she has the most suitable shoes on her physical
appearance. The style, bright color, and brand represent her as a
smart woman of the day. She really have perfect appearance.
She is really mad on that shoes. She said that the products
covered all genders. The blowfish men's shoes are as elegant as
she has. The products provide varieties of choice. Ballet, casual,
boot athletic shoes are designed in attractive way. The products
are international trader mark and become the hottest trend.
13
B. Borobudur Temple
Borobudur is Hindu - Budhist temple. It was build in the
nineth century under Sailendra dynasty of ancient Mataram
kingdom. Borobudur is located in Magelang, Central Java,
Indonesia.
Borobudur is well-known all over the world. Its construction is
influenced by the Gupta architecture of India. The temple is
constructed on a hill 46 m high and consist of eight step like
stone terrace. The first five terrace are square and surrounded by
walls adorned with Budist sculpture in bas-relief. The upper three
are circular. Each of them is with a circle of bell shape-stupa. The
entire adifice is crowned by a large stupa at the centre at the
centre of the top circle. The way to the summit extends through
some 4.8 km of passage and starways. The design of borobudur
which symbolizes the structure of universe influences temples at
Angkor, Cambodia.
Borobudur temple which is rededicated as an Indonesian
monument in 1983 is a valuable treasure for Indonesian people.
Identification; identifying the phenomenon to be described in
general; Borobudur temple
Description; describing the Borobudur temple in parts; eight
terraces of Borobudur temple and its characteristics
Using adjective and classifiers; valuable
Using simple present tense; Borobudur is well-known,The temple
is constructed, etc
14
Small Notes
Description (Deskripsi)
Ciri Umum:
(a)Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:
Mendeskripsikan ciri-ciri seseorang,
benda atau tempat tertentu secara
spesifik.
(b)Struktur Teks/Generic structure
Identification; Identifikasi tentang
topik yang akan dideskripsikan,
Misalnya: I have many pets, but
my favourite one is a cat.
Description; berisi deskripsi
tentang bagian-bagiannya.
Misalnya tampilan fisik (physical
appearance), kualitas, perilaku
umum, sifat-sifat (characteristic).
(c)Ciri Kebahasaan:
Menggunakan:
nouns tertentu, misalnya teacher,
house,my cat, dsb.
simple present tense.
detailed noun phrase untuk
memberikan informasi tentang
subjek, misalnya It was a large
open rowboat, a sweet young lady,
dsb.
berbagai macam adjectives, yang
bersifat describing, numbering,
classifying, misalnya, two strong
legs, sharp white fangs, dsb.
4. Narrative Text
What is Narrative?
1. Definition of Narrative
Narrative is a text focusing specific
participants. Its social function is to tell
stories or past events and entertain the
readers.
2. Generic Structure of Narrative
A narrative text consists of the following
structure:
1. Orientation: Introducing the
participants and informing the time
and the place
2. Complication: Describing the rising
crises which the participants have to
do with
3. Resolution: Showing the way of
participant to solve the crises, better
or worse
3. Language Features of Narrative
Using processes verbs
Using temporal conjunction
Using Simple Past Tense
Snow White
relating verbs untuk memberikan

Orientation
Once upon a time there lived a little girl named
informasi tentang subjek, misalnya,
Snow
White. She lived with her Aunt and Uncle
My mum is realy cool, It has very
because her parents were dead.
thick fur, dsb.
thinking verbs
dan feeling 1
verbs
Complication
One day she heard her Uncle and Aunt talking
untuk mengungkapkan pandangan
about
leaving Snow White in the castle because they
pribadi penulis tentang subjek,
both wanted to go to America and they didnt have
misalnya Police believe the suspect
is armed, I think it is a clever enough money to take Snow White.
animal, dsb.
Snow White did not want her Uncle and Aunt

do this so she decided it would be best if she ran
away. The next morning she ran away from home
abverbials untuk memberikan
when her Aunt and Uncle were having breakfast.
informasi tambahan tentang
She
perilaku tersebut, misalnya fast,
at ran away into the woods.
Resolution 1
action verbs, misalnya Our new

to
puppy bites our shoes, dsb.
the tree house,

dsb.
Complication
2
Then she saw this little cottage. She knocked but

no one answered so she went inside and fell asleep.
15
Resolution 2
Meanwhile, the seven dwarfs were coming

home from work. They went inside. There they found
Snow White sleeping. Then Snow White woke up.
She saw the dwarfs. The dwarfs said, what is your
name? Snow White said, My name is Snow
White.
Doc, one of the dwarfs, said, If you wish, you
may live here with us. Snow White said, Oh could I?
Thank you. Then Snow White told the dwarfs the
whole story and Snow White and the 7 dwarfs lived
happily ever after.
Example of Narative
A. Queen of Arabia and Three Sheiks
Maura, who like to be thought of as the most beautiful and powerful
queen of Arabia, had many suitors. One by one she discarded them,
until her list was reduced to just three sheiks. The three sheiks were all
equally young and handsome. They were also rich and strong. It was
very hard to decide who would be the best of them.
One evening, Maura disguised herself and went to the camp of the
three sheiks. As they were about to have dinner, Maura asked them for
something to eat. The first gave her some left over food. The second
Sheik gave her some unappetizing camels tail. The third sheik, who was
called Hakim, offered her some of the most tender and tasty meat. After
dinner, the disguised queen left the sheiks camp.
The following day, the queen invited the three sheiks to dinner at
her palace. She ordered her servant to give each one exactly what they
had given her the evening before. Hakim, who received a plate of
delicious meat, refused to eat it if the other two sheiks could not share it
with him.
This Sheik Hakims act finally convinced Queen Maura that he was
the man for her. Without question, Hakim is the most generous of you
she announced her choice to the sheiks. So it is Hakim I will marry.
Narrative Complication in Generic Structure
As it is said many times that, the heart of narrative text is the
existence of the complication. It will drive the plot of the story to
keep amusing. The existence of conflict inside the Queen Maura
is what builds the story keep running. The psychological conflict
inside Maura, which she strikes against herself, is arousing the
readers attention to continue reading the story. They want to
know what next will happen, who will be chosen by Queen Maura;
in what way she will decide who the best is. Keeping knowing
16
them really entertaining as well increasing the moral value

added.
Small Notes
Orientation: the text introduces the Queen Maura and three

sheiks in Arabia once time.
Narrative (Naratif, dongeng)

Ciri Umum:
Menghibur pendengar atau
pembaca (yang bertalian dengan
pengalaman nyata, khayal atau
peristiwa pelik yang mengarah ke
suatu krisis, yang pada akhirnya
menemukan suatu penyelesaian).
Orientation; Pengenalan tokoh,

waktu, dan tempat terjadinya
peristiwa.
Complication; Masalah, konflik

dalam cerita.
Resolution; Penyelesaian
masalah.
Koda: perubahan yang terjadi

pada tokoh dan pelajaran yang
dapat dipetik dari cerita.
(c) Ciri Kebahasaan:
Menggunakan:
nouns tertentu sebagai kata ganti
orang, hewan dan benda tertentu
dalam cerita, misalnya, stepsisters,
housework, dsb.
adjectives yang membentuk noun
phrase, misalnya, long black hair,
two red apples, dsb.
time connectives dan conjunctions
untuk mengurutkan kejadiankejadian, misalnya then, before
that, soon, dsb.
adverbs dan adverbial phrases
untuk menunjukkan lokasi kejadian
atau peristiwa, misalnya here, in
the mountain, happily ever
after,dsb.
action verbs dalam past tense;
stayed, climbed, dsb.
saying verbs yang menandai
Complication: Queen Maura finds

out that it was very difficult to
choose one as the best among them
Resolution: finally Queen Maura
has a convincing way to choose one
and he is Sheik Hakim
B. The Smartest Parrot
Once upon time, a man had a
wonderful parrot. There was no other
parrot like it. The parrot could say every
word, except one word. The parrot would
not say the name of the place where it was
born. The name of the place was Catano.
The man felt excited having the
smartest parrot but he could not
understand why the parrot would not say
Catano. The man tried to teach the bird to
say Catano however the bird kept not
saying the word.
At the first, the man was very nice to
the bird but then he got very angry. You
stupid bird! pointed the man to the parrot.
Why cant you say the word? Say Catano!
Or I will kill you the man said angrily.
Although he tried hard to teach, the parrot
would not say it. Then the man got so
angry and shouted to the bird over and
over; Say Catano or Ill kill you. The bird
kept not to say the word of Catano.
One day after he had been trying so
many times to make the bird say Catano,
the man really got very angry. He could not
bear it. He picked the parrot and threw it
into the chicken house. There were four old
chickens for next dinner You are as stupid
as the chickens. Just stay with them Said
the man angrily. Then he continued to
humble; You know, I will cut the chicken
17
for my meal. Next it will be your turn, I will eat you too, stupid parrot.
After that he left the chicken house.
The next day, the man came back to the chicken house. He opened
the door and was very surprised. He could not believe what he saw at
the chicken house. There were three death chickens on the floor. At the
moment, the parrot was standing proudly and screaming at the last old
chicken; Say Catano or Ill kill you.
Analysis the Generic Structure
Orientation: It sets the scene and introduces the
participants/characters. In that parrot story, the first paragraph is
the orientation where reader finds time and place set up and also
the participant as the background of the story. A man and his
parrot took place once time.
Complication: It explores the conflict in the story. It will show
the crisis, rising crisis and climax of the story. In the parrot story,
paragraph 2, 3, 4 are describing the complication. Readers will
find that the man face a problem of why the parrot can not say
Catano. To fix this problem, the man attempted to teach the bird.
How hard he tried to teach the bird is the excitement element of
the complication.
Resolution: It shows the situation which the problems have
been resolved. It must be our note that resolved means
accomplished whether succeed or fail. In the last paragraph of
the smartest parrot story, readers see the problem is finished.
The parrot could talk the word which the man wanted. The parrot
said the word with higher degree than the man taught the word
to it. That was the smartest parrot.
C. The Legend of Toba Lake
Once upon time, there was a handsome man. His name was Batara
Guru Sahala. He liked fishing. One day, he caught a fish. He was
surprised to find out that the fish could talk. The fish begged him to set
it free.
Batara Guru could not bear it. He made the fish free. As soon as it
was free, the fish changed into a very beautiful woman. She attracted
Batara Guru so much. He felt in love with that fish-woman. The woman
wanted to marry with him and said that Batara Guru had to keep the
secret which she had been a fish. Batara Guru aggreed and promised
that he would never tell anybody about it.
They were married happily. They had two daughters. One day
Batara Guru got very angry with his daughter. He could not control his
mad. He shouted angrily and got the word of fish to his daugters. The
daughters were crying. They found their mother and talked her about it.
18
The mother was very annoyed. Batara Guru broke his promise. The
mother was shouting angrily. Then the earth began to shake. Volcanoes
started to erupt. The earth formed a very big hole. People believed that
the big hole became a lake. Then this lake is known as Toba Lake.
D. Cinderella 1
Once upon a time, there was a young girl named Cinderella. She
lived with her step mother and two step sisters.
The step mother and sisters were conceited and bad tempered.
They treated Cinderella very badly. Her step mother made Cinderella do
the hardest works in the house; such as scrubbing the floor, cleaning
the pot and pan and preparing the food for the family. The two step
sisters, on the other hand, did not work about the house. Their mother
gave them many handsome dresses to wear.
One day, the two step sister received an invitation to the ball that
the kings son was going to give at the palace. They were excited about
this and spent so much time choosing the dresses they would wear. At
last, the day of the ball came, and away went the sisters to it. Cinderella
could not help crying after they had left.
Why are crying, Cinderella? a voice asked. She looked up and saw
her fairy godmother standing beside her, because I want so much to go
to the ball said Cinderella. Well said the godmother,youve been
such a cheerful, hardworking, uncomplaining girl that I am going to see
that you do go to the ball.
Magically, the fairy godmother changed a pumpkin into a fine coach
and mice into a coachman and two footmen. Her godmother tapped
Cinderellas raged dress with her wand, and it became a beautiful ball
gown. Then she gave her a pair of pretty glass slippers. Now,
Cinderella, she said; You must leave before midnight. Then away she
drove
in
her
beautiful
coach.
Cinderella was having a wonderfully good time. She danced again and
again with the kings son. Suddenly the clock began to strike twelve,
she ran toward the door as quickly as she could. In her hurry, one of her
glass slipper was left behind.
A few days later, the king son proclaimed that he would marry the
girl whose feet fitted the glass slipper. Her step sisters tried on the
slipper but it was too small for them, no matter how hard they squeezed
their toes into it. In the end, the kings page let Cinderella try on the
slipper. She stuck out her foot and the page slipped the slipper on. It
fitted perfectly.
Finally, she was driven to the palace. The kings son was overjoyed
to see her again. They were married and live happily ever after.
Notes on Generic Structure
Orientation: They were Cinderella her self as the main character
of the story, her step mother which treated Cinderella badly, and
19
her steps sister which supported her mother to make Cinderella

was treated very badly. Cinderella was introduced as a hero in this
story. She struggled against the bad treatment from her step
mother
and
sisters.
Complication: In this Cinderella story, we can see clearly that
there are Major Complication and Minor Complication.
The second paragraph is the major complication of this Cinderella
story. Cinderella got bad treatment from her stepmother. It is the
bad crisis which drives into several minor complications which
Cinderella
has
to
overcome.
Resolution: Like complication, there are Major Resolution and
Minor Resolution.
In the last paragraph, it is said that finally Cinderella lived happily.
It is the happy resolution of the bad treatment.
E. The Smartest Animal.
Once there was a farmer from Laos. Every morning and every
evening, he ploughed his field with his buffalo.
One day, a tiger saw the farmer and his buffalo working in the field.
The tiger was very surprised to see a big animal listening to a small
animal. The tiger wanted to know more about the big animal and the
small animal.
After the man went home, the tiger spoke to the buffalo; you are so
big and strong. Why do you do everything the man tells you? The
buffalo answered; oh, the man is very intelligent.
The tiger asked; can you tell me how intelligent he is?. No, I cant
tell you, said the buffalo; but you can ask him
So the next day the tiger asked to the man; Can I see your
intelligence?. But the man answered; it at home. Can you go and
get it? asked the tiger. Yes said the man; but I am afraid you will kill
my buffalo when I am gone. Can I tie you to a tree?
After the man tied the tiger to the tree, he didnt go home to get his
intelligence. He took his plough and hit the tiger. Then he said; Now
you know about my intelligence even you havent seen it.
1. Orientation; introducing specific participants; farmer and his
buffalo, once in Laos
2. Complication; revealing a series of crisis: the tiger wanted to
know more about the farmer and the buffalo, the tiger wanted to
know about the farmers intelligence.
3. Resolution; the crisis is resolve: the farmer hit the tiger
20
Using
Using
Using
Using
Using
Using
saying verb; answered

thinking verb; saw, was surprised to
action verb; tie, hit
time conjunction; once, one day
connectives; after, the next day
past tense; there was a farmer, the man tied the tiger.
5. Procedure Text
What is Procedure?
1. Definition of Procedure
Procedure is a text that shows a process in order. Its social function is
to describe how something is completely done through a sequence of
series
2. Generic Structure of Procedure
1. Goal: showing the purpose
2. Material: Telling the needed materials
3. Step 1-end: Describing the steps to achieve the purpose
3. Language Feature of Procedure
Using temporal conjunction
Using action verb
Using imperative sentence
Using Simple Present Tense
Tujuan
(Goal)
Bahan
(Material)
Langkahlangkah
(Step)
How to Make a Cheese Omelet

Ingredients
1 egg, 50 g cheese, cup milk, 3 tablespoons cooking
oil, a pinch of salt and pepper
Utensils
Frying pan, fork, spatula, cheese grater, bowl, plate
Method
1. Crack an egg into a bowl
2. Whisk the egg with a fork until it is smooth
3. Add milk and whisk well
4. Grate the cheese into the bowl and stir
5. Heat the oil in a frying pan
6. Pour the mixture into the frying pan
7. Turn the omelet with a spatula when it browns
8. Cook both sides
9. Place on a plate; season with salt and pepper
21
10.
Eat while warm.
Example of Procedure
A. Planting Chilies
Planting is a nice activity in our spare time. The
following is guided information on how to plant a
chili-plant easily. Here are the steps.
Firstly, dry a handful seeding under the sunlight
Secondly, put the seeding on the soil. It should
be in open area
Next, wait it. There will come out the sprout
after that let it be bigger.
Finally, put it in another big pot. It will soon grow
bigger and bigger and yield us some fresh chilies
soon.
Goal; informing on how to plant chillies.
Material; excluded
Steps; showing the steps or method in
planting chillies; from drying seed to putting
the sprout in big pot.
Imperative sentences; dry a handful seeding,
put it, etc
Action verb; put, dry, etc
Temporal conjunction; next, finally, firstly,
secondly
Simple present tense pattern; planting is a
nice activity, the following is a guided
information
Small Notes
Procedure (Prosedur)
Ciri Umum:
Memberi petunjuk tentang cara
melakukan sesuatu melalui
serangkaian tindakan atau
langkah.
Aim/Goal; Tujuan kegiatan
Materials; Bahan-bahan
Note: Materials are
not required for all
Procedure text
Steps; Langkah-langkah.
Menggunakan:
pola kalimat imperative,
misalnya, Cut, Dont mix,
dsb.
action verbs, misalnya turn,
put, dont, mix, dsb.
connectives untuk
mengurutkan kegiatan,
misalnya then, while, dsb.
adverbials untuk
menyatakan rinci waktu,
tempat, cara yang akurat,
misalnya for five minutes, 2
centimetres from the top,
B. Writing For Business

Writing something for your business can be pretty intimidating.
Well, you don't have to.
Here's a simple checklist to follow. I'm not saying that following
these rules will make your company the next Google, but it will help.
Firstly, take the topic of benefits, not features. Your customers don't
care about you. They want to know "What's in it for me?"
Secondly, write your benefit like you talk it. Use regular words. Read
aloud what you've written. How does it sound?
22
Thirdly, lose the weak words. Don't describe how your company
may, might or should help customers but talk about how your company
will.
Fourthly, Use a nice rhythm. Some sentences are long and some are
short. Mix them up and keep things interesting.
Fifthly,re-read what you've done before publishing. Edit it necesarily.
It's so easy to make mistakes which you don't notice the first time
through.
Simplified from: http://EzineArticles.com/?expert=Daniel_F_O'connor

Goal; informing on how to write for business
Material; excluded
Steps/ method; showing the method in writing for
business; choosing the advantageous topic, writing
the topic like the way it is talked, re-reading what
have been written .
Imperative sentences; write like you talked, re-read
what you have done, etc
Action verb; write, read, etc
Temporal conjunction, firstly, secondly, etc
C. How to Make a Cheese Omelet
Well, to make a cheese omelet, you need an egg, fifty gram cheese, a
quarter cup of milk, three tablespoons cookin oil, a pinch of satlt and
pepper. Next, you need some tools, such as; frying pan, fork, spatula,
cheese grater, bowl and plate.
Listen carefully,
First, crack an egg into a bowl and whisk the egg with a fork until it is
smooth. Next, add
First,
6. News Item Text

What is News Item?
1. Definition of News Item
23
News item is a text which informs readers about events of the day.
The events are considered newsworthy or important.
2. Generic Structure of News Item
1. Main event
2. Elaboration (background, participant, time, place)
3. Resource of information
3. Language Feature of News Item
1. Focusing on circumstances
2. Using material process
Town Contaminated
Newsworthy
events
Moscow A Russian journalist has uncovered

evidence of another Soviet nuclear catastrophe, which
killed 10 sailors and contaminated an entire town.
Background
Events
Yelena Vazrshavskya is the first journalist to speak to

people who witnessed the explosion of a nuclear
submarine at the naval base of shkotovo 22 near
Vladivostock.
The accident, which occurred 13 months before the
Chernobyl disaster, spread radioactive fall-out over the
base and nearby town, but was covered up by officials of
the Soviet Union. Residents were told the explosion in the
reactor of the Victor-class submarine during a refit had
been a thermal and not a nuclear explosion. And those
involved in the clean up operation to remove more than
600 tones of contaminated material were sworn to
secrecy.
Sumber
Informasi
Sources
A board of investigators was later to describe it as

the worst accident in the history of the Soviet Navy.
Example of Procedure
A. Malaysian Women Suggested to Carry Condoms
Malaysian Deputy Health Ministry urged every woman to carry a
condom to protect against HIV, a news report said.
This is not to debate them but to protect them. Women are the
first ones to get exploited by their partners (whom are infected by HIVpositive) Abdul Latiff Ahmad was quoted as saying by Sunday Star
Newspaper. But this just a suggestion, its up to them.
24
Small Notes
News Item (Berita)
Ciri Umum:
(a)Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:
Memberitakan
kepada
pembaca,
pendengar
atau penonton tentang
peristiwa-peristiwa atau
kejadian-kejadian
yang
dipandang penting atau
layak diberitakan.
(b)Struktur Teks/Generic
structure
Newsworthy events;
Kejadian inti.
Background Events;
Latar belakang
kejadian, orang yang
terlibat, tempat
kejadian dsb.
Sources; komentar
saksi kejadian,
pendapat para ahli,
dsb.
(c)Ciri Kebahasaan:
Abdul latiff made remark to coincide with the

International Aids Memorial day, which was
celebrated openly for the first time in Malaysia, in
bid to reduce stigma for HIV-victim. In the past the
event was held behind closed door.
Last year, 745 Malaysian women were identified
as HIV-positive and 193 were diagnosed with AIDS,
he said in the report. Officials have said nearly
81000 Malaysian have been infected with HIV, less
then 10 percent are woman, but the number is
steadily rising.
Malaysian Aids Council president, Adeebah
Kamarulzaman, was quoted as saying besides sex
workers, many women who contract HIV are
housewives, were infected unknowingly by their
husbands. Its not that people dont know that
condoms can protect them. But there are some men
who dont care to take precaution, even though they
know they have HIV she said.
(Source The Jakarta Post, June 01, 2008)

News worthy event: Malaysian women
is urged to carry condoms to protect HIV.
Background event 1: International
Informasi singkat
Memorial Day was held openly in
tertuang dalam
Malaysia to reduce stigma for HIV
headline
victims.
Menggunakan action
Background event 2: The number of
verbs
Malaysian women who are infected with
Menggunakan saying
HIV is steadily rising.
Source: Malaysian Aids Council president said that there
were some men who did not care to take precaution even
though they knew they had HIV
B. Indonesian Maid in HK Court after Having Sex
A 45-year old Indonesian maid admitted having sex with her Hong
Kong employers 14-year old son after watching internet porn together.
The maid is a divorcee and a mother of two children. The maid,
named Suwartin, had worked with the boy family for 11 years.
A court heard how the maid had sex with the boy in relationship
that lasted five months. The boy tried to end the affair but she refused.
The teenager eventually confessed to the relationship to the leader of
Christian group he belonged to.
25
Then the maid was arrested. She pleaded guilty to five charges of
committing an indecent act with underage partner. She will be
sentenced in two weeks time.
She later apologized and said that she would live with the shame of
what she had done for the rest of life. She had acted out of loneliness
the maids lawyer said.
(Adapted from Reuters, Hong Kong, May 6, 2008)

News worthy event: Indonesian maid court and admitted
having sex with her young employer
Background event: The maid is a divorcee. She had
worked in the boy family for 11 years. She had relationship
the boy for five months. She apologized and felt guilty
Source: The maid lawyer said that the maid had acted out
of loneliness
C. Indonesian Maid beheaded
An Indonesian housemaid has been executed in Saudi Arabia after
being convicted of killing her employer, the Saudi Interior Minister said.
The woman was beheaded in the Southern Asir province in what
was the second execution in the country.
The maid was earlier found of suffocating her female boss and
stealing her jewellery. Rape, murder and other serious crimes can carry
the death penalty in the conservative desert kingdom.
Last year, Saudi Arabia, which follow a strict intepretation of Syaria,
Islamic law executed more than 130 people.
(Taken from: www.news.bbc.co.id)

Main event; an Indonesian maid was beheaded in Saudi
Arabia.
Background 1; the maid was found guilty of suffocating her
bos.
Background 2; serious crimes can carry death penalty in
Saudi Arabia.
Background 3; Saudi Arabia executed more than 130
people last year.
Resource; the Saudi Interior Minister statement.
Focussing circumtances; law of serious crimes.
Using material process; behead, execute, carry, etc
7. Discussion Text
What is Discussion?
26
1. Definition of Discussion
Discussion is a text which present a problematic discourse. This
problem will be discussed from different viewpoints. Discussion is
commonly found in philosophical, historic, and social text.
2. Generic Structure of Discussion
Statement of issue; stating the issue which is to discussed
List of supporting points; presenting the point in in supporting the
presented issue
List of contrastive point; presenting other points which disagree to
the supporting point
Recommendation; stating the writer' recommendation of the
discourse
3. Language Feature of Discussion
Introducing category or generic participant
Using thinking verb; feel, hope, believe, etc
Using additive, contrastive, and causal connection; similarly, on
the hand, however, etc
Using modalities; must, should, could, may, etc
Using adverbial of manner; deliberately, hopefully, etc
Homework
Issue
I have been wondering if homework is necessary.
Statemen
t of issue
and
Preview
I think we should have homework because it helps us to

learn and revise our work.
Homework helps people who arent very smart to
remember what they have learned. Homework is really
good because it helps with our education.
Statemen
t of
various
viewpoint
s
But, many times, doing homework is not a great idea. I

think we shouldnt have homework because I like to go
out after school to a restaurant or the movies.
Sometimes homework is boring and not important.
I think homework is bad because I like to play and
discuss things with my family.
Example of Discussion Text

A. Example of Discussion Text on Nuclear Power
The Advantage and Disadvantage of Nuclear Power
Nuclear power is generated by using uranium which is a metal

mined in various part of the world. The first large scale of nuclear power
27
station was opened at Calder Hall in

Cumbria, England in 1956.
Some military ships and submarines
have nuclear power plant for engine.
Nuclear power produces around 11% of the
world's energy needed, and produces huge
amounts of energy. It cause no pollution as
we would get when burning fossil fuels. The
advantages of nuclear plant are as follow:
It costs about the same coal, so it is not
expansive to make.
It does not produce smoke or carbon
dioxide, so it does not contribute to the
greenhouse effect.
It produces huge amounts of energy from

small amount of uranium.
It produces small amount of waste.
It is reliable.
On the other hand, nuclear power is

very, very dangerous. It must be sealed up
and buried for many years to allow the
radioactivity to die away. Furthermore,
although it is reliable, a lot of money has to
be spent on safety because if it does go
wrong, a nuclear accident ca be a major
accident.
People are increasingly concerned
about this matter. In the 1990's nuclear
power was the fastest growing source of
power in many parts of the world.
Note on the Generic Structure of
Discussion Text
Discussion is a process to find the meet
point between two different ideas. It is
important to to get the understanding
between the two differences. In many
social activities, discussion is the
effective way to calm down any friction
and difference in thought, perception
and recommendation.
Small Notes
Discussion (Pembahasan)
Ciri Umum:
Mengetengahkan suatu masalah
(isu) yang ditinjau paling tidak
dari 2 (dua) sudut pandang,
sebelum sampai pada suatu
kesimpulan atau rekomendasi.
Isu;(statement of issue and
Preview)
Pendapat yang mendukung:
Gagasan Pokok 1,
Elaborasi (uraian),
Gagasan Pokok 2,
Elaborasi (uraian).
Pendapat yang menentang:

(Statement of various viewpoints)
Gagasan Pokok,
Elaborasi (uraian),
Kesimpulan.(conclusion or
recomendation)
Menggunakan:
general nouns untuk menyatakan
kategori, misalnya uniforms,
alcohol, dsb,
relating verbs untuk memberi
informasi tentang isu yang
didiskusikan, misalnya smoking is
harmful, dsb.
thinking verbs untuk
mengungkapkan pandangan
pribadi penulis, misalnya feel,
believe, hope, dsb.
additives, contrastives dan causal
connectives untuk
menghubungkan argumen,
misalnya similarly, on the hand,
however, dsb.
detailed noun groups untuk
memberikan informasi secara
padu, misalnya the dumping of
unwanted kittens, dsb.
modalities, seperti perhaps, must,
should, should have been, could
be, dsb.
28
adverbials of maner, misalnya
deliberately, hopefully, dsb.
This example of discussion text present the two poles, between the
advantage and disadvantage of using nuclear plant to fulfill the
energy needed. It is a case which need to be talked and discussed
from two points. They are represented in the generic structure
which is used:
Stating the Issue: In the first paragraph, it is stated that using
nuclear power can be the choice in fulfilling the needed energy.
Supporting Point: In the second paragraph, it is presented the
advantages of nuclear power plant to be used as the source of the
world's energy needed
Contrastive Point: The third paragraph shows the balance. It
gives the contradictory idea in using nuclear power plant as the
resource of energy.
Recommendation: This text is ended with a similar
recommendation on how people should concern in the matter of
nuclear energy.
B. Hunting Fox
Foxhunting is a subject that provokes very strong feelings. Many
people believe that it is cruel to hunt a fox with dogs and totally agree
with its ban.
Many farmer and even conservationists, however, have always
argue that the fox is a pest which attacks livestock and must be
controlled.
(Taken from: www.bbc.co.uk)

Stating the issue; hunting fox.
Supporting point; farmers and conservationists agree to hunt fox
because they attack livestok.
Contrastive point; many people disagree hunting fox with dog
because it is cruel.
Recommendation; Do not be cruel in hunting fox just control it in
safe way.
Introducing category participant; farmer, conservationists.
Using thinking verb; believe.
Using connectives;
Using modalities; must, always
8. Explanation Text
What is Explanation?
29
1. Definition and purposes of Explanation
Explanation is a text which tells processes relating to forming of natural,

social, scientific and cultural phenomena. Explanation text is to say 'why'
and 'how' of the forming of the phenomena. It is often found in science,
geography and history text books.
2. Generic structure of Explanation
General statement; stating the phenomenon issues which are to be

explained.
Sequenced explanation; stating a series of steps which explain the
phenomena.
3. Language Feature
Featuring generic participant; sun, rain, etc

Using chronological connection; to begin with, next, etc
Using passive voice pattern

Making Paper from Woodchips
A general
statement
Woodchipping is a process used to obtain pulp and

paper products from forest trees.
The woodchipping process begins when the trees are
cut down in a selected area of the forest called a coupe.
A sequenced
Next the tops and branches of the trees are cut out
explanation and then the logs are taken to the mill.
of
why or how
something
occurs
At the mill the bark of the logs is removed and the

logs are taken to a chipper which cuts them into small
pieces called woodchips.
The woodchips are then screened to remove dirt and
other impurities.
At this stage they are either exported in this form or
changed into pulp by chemicals and heat.
The pulp is then bleached and the water content is
removed.
Closing
Finally the pulp is rolled out to make paper.
Example of Explanation Text

A. Tsunami
The term of tsunami comes from the Japanese which means
harbour ("tsu") and wave ("nami"). A tsunamigk is a series of waves
30
generated when water in a lake or the sea is

rapidly displaced on a massive scale.
A tsunami can be generated when the
sea floor abruptly deforms and vertically
displaces the overlying water. Such large
vertical movements of the earth's crust can
occur at plate boundaries.
Subduction of earthquakes are
particularly effective in generating tsunamis,
and occur where denser oceanic plates slip
under continental plates.
As the displaced water mass moves
under the influence of gravity to regain its
equilibrium, it radiates across the ocean like
ripples on a pond.
Tsunami always bring great damage.
Most of the damage is caused by the huge
mass of water behind the initial wave front, as
the height of the sea keeps rising fast and
floods powerfully into the coastal area.
Small Notes
Explanation Text
Ciri Umum:
Tujuan Komunikatif Teks:
Menerangkan proses-proses
yang terjadi dalam
pembentukan atau kegiatan
yang terkait dengan fenomena
alam, dunia ilmiah, sosialbudaya, atau lainnya yang
bertujuan menjelaskan.
Struktur Teks/Generic structure
A general statement;
Penjelasan umum
A sequenced explanation of
why or how something occurs;
Penjelasan proses
Penutup.
Ciri Kebahasaan:
Menggunakan;
general dan abstract nouns,

misalnya word chopping,
earthquakes;
action verbs;
simple present tense;
passive voice;
conjunctions of time dan

cause;
noun phrase, misalnya the

large cloud;
abstract nouns, misalnya the

temperature;
adverbial phrases;
complex sentences;
bahasa teksni;
kalimat pasif
(simplified from www.panda.org)
B. How Day and Night Happen

The sun seems to rise in the morning,
crosses the sky during the day and sets at
night. However the sun does not actually
move around the earth. Earth's turning on its
axis makes it look as if the sun is moves.
The earth makes a complete turn on its
axis for 24 hours. It is called as rotation. It
causes day and night. The earth also moves
around the sun. It takes 365 days or a year.
This process is called revolution. The
revolution process causes the changes of the
season
C. Why Summer Daylight is Longger than

Winter Daylight
In the summer, the amount of daylight that we get is more than we
get in winter. This is not because as much people think we are closer to
the sun but because of the tilt of the earth.
The earth is actually closer to the sun in winter than it is in summer
but you would be forgiven for thinking that this can not be true after
looking out of your window on a cold and frosty morning.
It seems strange that as the earth get closer to the sun during its
orbit then the amount of daylight that we get decrease. But that is the
31
case. It is the tilt of the earth that determine the amount of daylight
that we get and so the length of time that for us the sun is above the
horizon.
(Taken from: www.ictteachers.co.uk)

General statement; stating the phenomenon whic daylight in
summer is longer than in winter.
Explanation; it is the tilt of the earth that determines the amount of
daylight not the distance of the earth from the sun.
Focusing generic participant; daylight.
Using chronological connection; then, so, but.
Using pasive voice; you would be forgiven.
Using present tense; the earth is actually closer to the sun.
9. Hortatory Exposition Text
What is Hortatory Exposition?
1. Definition of Hortatory Exposition
Hortatory exposition is a text which represent the attempt of the
writer to have the addressee do something or act in certain way.
2. Generic Structure of Hortatory Exposition
1. Thesis
2. Arguments
3. Recommendation
3. Language Feature of Hortatory Exposition
1. Focusing on the writer
2. Using abstract noun; policy, advantage, etc
3. Using action verb
4. Using thinking verb
5. Using modal adverb; certainly, surely, etc
6. Using temporal connective; firstly, secondly, etc
7. Using evaluative words; important, valuable, trustworthy, etc
8. Using passive voice
9. Using simple present tense
Thesis
In all discussion over the removal of lead from

petrol ( and the atmosphere), there doesnt seem to
have been any mention of the diffence between
driving in the city and in the country.
Arguments
While I realise my leaded petrol car is polluting the

air wherever I drive, I feel that when you travel
32
through the country,where you only see another car

every five to ten minutes,the problem is not as
severe as when traffic is concentrated on city roads.
Those who want to penalise older , leaded petrol
vehicles and their owners donnt seem to
appreciate thet in the country there is no public
transport to fall back upon and ones own vehicle is
the only way to get about.
Recomendatio I feel that country people, who often have to travel
n
huge distances to the nearest town and who
already spend a great deal of money on
petrol,should be treated differently to the people
who live in the city
Example of Hortatory Exposition
A. Watch your Kids While Watching TV

Television becomes one of the most important devices which takes
place in almost houses. It can unite all members of the family as well as
separate them. However, is it important to know what your kids are
watching? The answer is, of course, absolutely "Yes" and that should be
done by all parents. Television can expose things you have tried to
protect the children from, especially violence, pornography,
consumerism and so on.
Recently, a study demonstrated that spending too much time on
watching TV during the day or at bedtime often cause bed-time
disruption, stress, and short sleep duration.
Another research found that there is a significant relationship
between the amount of time spent for watching television during
adolescence and early adulthood, and the possibility of being
aggressive.
Meanwhile, many studies have identified a relationship between
kids who watch TV a lot and being inactive and overweight.
Considering some facts mentioning above, protect your children
with the following tips:
Limit television viewing to one-two hours each day
Do not allow your children to have a TV set in their own bedrooms
Review the rating of TV shows which your children watch
Watch television with your children and discuss what is happening in
the show
Notes on the Generic
Exposition example
Structure of this
Hortatory
33
Firstly, we have to always remember that the social function

of hortatory exposition text is driving the readers to act like the
writer thought as stated in the text. Then the purpose of this
hortatory is influencing and persuading the readers by
presenting the supporting arguments. In many social activities,
hortatory is applied for writing recommended thought, sales
letter, advertising, speech campaign, and news advertorial.
Thesis: The writer's thought is presented as thesis which is
proven with several arguments. In the first paragraph, the
writer points his thought about the importance of
accompanying children while they are watching TV show. It is
important to protect the children from the bad influences of TV
show.
Arguments: The next paragraphs show the writer arguments
in supporting his thesis. It is supported by various researches
that there are a great relationship between watching TV and
the watcher's personality. One study describes that much time
in watching TV can cause bed-time disruption. The others show
the possibility of becoming an aggressive character because of
watching television too much.
Recommendation: After stating the thesis and proving with
various arguments, the text is completed with the writer's
recommendation on how the parents should protect the
children from the bed effect of watching TV.
Basically, both hortatory and analytical exposition have the
similar position. Both take place as argumentative essays. Both
show how important idea of the writer to be known. However
the last paragraph of the essay usually make the difference
from hortatory and analytical exposition. If it is a hortatory
text, it will be ended with a strong recommendation while for
analytical exposition, it will be closed with restatement of the
writer's first paragraph.
B. More Dust Bins is Cleaner; example of hortatory
To improve comfort and cleanliness at the school, there should be

an increasing number of dust bins.
When we look at classroom, school corridors and schoolyard, there
papers, mineral water cops, straws, and napkin everywhere. The
condition of unseemliness really hinders learning and teaching
environment. They can be filled out with water coming from the rain.
This can be placed for mosquito to spread out.
Anyway I notice that most of the students have responsibilities for
their school environment. They put their litter on the proper place but
some of them are not diligent enough to find the dust bins. The
numbers of the dust bins in the school are not enough. More dust bins
should be put beside each step, outside of the classrooms and some
34
along of the corridors. Probably one dust bin should be in every ten
meters. So when students want to throw away their litters, they can find
the dust bins easily.
When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, students do not
have problem of discomfort any more. So provide more dust bins and
school will be very clean and become a very nice place to study.
C. Where should be after High School?; a hortatory text
The National examination result will be publicly enounced in next

short time. Euphoria will flood for those who get success. In the other
hand, It will be sorry to hear that there are some of them do not
succeed in their national final examination. For those who succeed soon
will think to decide; where will they be after graduating high school?
Actually it will be easy to decide for those has been arranged and
thought earlier but for those have not planed yet, it will be quite
confusing.
Continuing study or looking for work is the primary choice among
them. When they think about continuing study, they will think hard
about the time and cost. How long the higher study will last? And how
high is about the cost. In the same way, when they think about
straightly seeking job, what skill and competence they have got is a big
matter of questioning. So, doing both choices in the same time is an
alternative.
Continuing study as well as seeking job is possibly done but it will
be hard for them. Conventionally studying in the university needs much
time to spend especially in the first year. It is true because they have to
do and adapt a lot of things in their new higher school. it will be very
hard to looking for job. Therefore it should come to their mind of
continuing studying at higher school from their own home. As result, the
available time will be more flexible for them. Then it will be very
possible to seek job and get the appropriate one. This type of studying
is publicly known as distance learning.
As the alternative method of studying, besides the conventional
studying which students and the lecturer have to meet in the fixed time
and place regularly, distance learning provides possibility to grow
better. Possibly working and studying surely will create high quality
graduate. Distance learning should appear as a considerable choice for
them.
35
D. Millions
Small Notes
Hortatory Exposition
(eksposisi hortatory)
Ciri Umum:
(a)
Tujuan Komunikatif Teks
(Communicative Purpose)
Memaparkan dan
mempengaruhi audience
(pendengar/pembaca) bahwa
seharusnya demikian atau
tidak demikian .
(b)
Struktur Teks/Generic
structure
Thesis; Pernyataan isu yang
dipersoalkan
Arguments: berupa alasan
mengapa ada keprihatinan,
dan mengarah ke
rekomendasi
Recomendation: pernyataan
tentang bagaimana
seharusnya atau tidak
seharusnya
(c)
Ciri kebahasaan
menggunakan:
Abstrac nouns,misalnya
policy,government dsb.
Technical verbs, misalnya

species of animals,dsb.
Relating verbs, misalnya

should be, doesnt seem to
have been , dsb.
Action verbs, misalnya, we

must save, dsb.
Thinking verbs, misalnya I

believe , dsb.
Modal verbs, misalnya We

must preserve, dsb.
Modal adverbs, misalnya

certainly,we, dsb.
Connectives, misalnya firstly,

secondly, dsb.
Simple present tense
Bahas evaluatif, misalnya

important, valuable, dsb.
Kalimat pasif (passive voice)
from Property Market; a

hortatory exposition text
Dear friend,
Are you tired of the daily grind? Sick
of working all hours of the day for litle
reward? Tired of having enough money to
really enjoy yourself? Well, now there is a
way out.
We can show the way to give up work.
Sit back and make millions for yourself and
your loved ones on property market.
Albert Smith felt just like you untill he
read our leaflet. Now he drives a sport car
arround the South of France and his wife
has one of her own too.
Generic Structure Analyse
Thesis; there is a way out of financial
problem.
Argument; Albert Smith is the proof.
Recommendation;
Join
property
market !
Using abstract noun; reward
Using action verb; give up, make, etc
Using thinking verb; felt
Using simple present tense; are you
tired?, he drives a sport car, etc
10.
Report Text
What is Report?
1. Definition of Report
Report is a text which presents
information about something, as it is. It
is as a result of systematic observation
and analysis
2. Generic Structure of Report
1. General classification: Stating
classification of general aspect of
thing; animal, public place, plant,
etc which will be discussed in
general
2. Description: Describing the thing
which will be discussed in detail;
36
part per part , customs or deed for living creature and usage for
materials
3. Language Feature of Report
Introducing group or general aspect
Using conditional logical connection; when, so, etc
THE PELICAN REPORT
General
Clasification
The white pelican is

successful fish-eating birds.
one
of
the
most
Description
The success is largely due to its command

hunting behaviour. A group, perhaps two dozen
birds, will gather in a curved arc some distance
offshore. The birds then begin to move forward
towards the shore, beating the water furiously with
their wings, driving the fish before them.
When the water is shallow enough for the
birds to reach the fish, the formation breaks up as
each bird dips its bill into the water to scoop up its
meal. As the bird lifts its head, the water drains
from its bill leaving the fish which are then
swallowed.
Pelicans are among the oldest group of birds,
Fossils of this genus have been found dating back
40 million years.
Example of Report Text

A. Platypus; a report text
Many people call platypus duckbill because this animal has a bill
like duckbill. Platypus is a native Tasmania and southern and eastern
Australia.
Platypus has a flat tail and webbed feet. Its body length is 30 to 45
cm and covered with a thick, and woolly layer of fur. Its bill is detecting
prey and stirring up mud. Platypus' eyes and head are small. It has no
ears but has ability to sense sound and light.
Platypus lives in streams, rivers, and lakes. Female platypus usually
dig burrows in the streams or river banks. The burrows are blocked with
soil to protect it from intruders and flooding. In the other hand, male
platypus does not need any burrow to stay.
Analyzing on the Text
37
Generic Structure analysis

General classification; stating general classification,
the animal of platypus.
Description; describing in detail characterization of
platypus' body and habitual life
Focusing in group; the animal of platypus
conditional, logical connective; but, in the other hand
Simple present tense pattern; Platypus lives in
streams, male platypus does not need any burrow, etc
Small Notes
Report
Ciri Umum:
Menyampaikan informasi tentang sesuatu, apa adanya, sebagai hasil pengamatan
sistematis atau analisis. Yang dideskripsikan dapat meliputi gajala alam, lingkungan,
benda buatan manusia, atau gejala-gejala sosial. Deskripsi sebuah teks report dapat
berupa simpulan umum, misalnya, ikan paus termasuk binatang mamalia karena
ikan tersebut melahirkan anaknya.
General Clasification; Pernyataan umum yang menerangkan subjek laporan,

keterangan, dan klasifikasinya.
Description:tells what the phenomenon under discussion ; in terms of parts,

qualities, habits or behaviors; Gambaran dari fenomena yang akan didiskusikan
seperti bagian bagiannya, kebiasaan atau tingkah laku jika benda hidup,
kegunaannya jika non natural.

Menggunakan:
general nouns, seperti Reptiles in Comodo Insland, dsb.

relating verbs untuk menjelaskan ciri, misalnya reptiles are scaly animals (ciri ini
berlaku untuk semua reptilia), dsb.
action verbs dalam mejelaskan perilaku, misalnya lizards cannot fly, dsb.
present tense untuk menyatakan suatu yang umum, misalnya Komodo dragons
usually weight more than 160 kg, dsb.
istilah teknis, misalnya water contains oxygen and hydrogen, dsb.
paragraf dengan topik sentence untuk menyusun sejumlah informasi.
38
11.
Spoof Text
What is Spoof?
1. Definition and Social Function of Spoof
Spoof is a text which tells factual story, happened in the past time
with unpredictable and funny ending. Its social function is to
entertain and share the story.
2. Generic Structure of Spoof
1. Orientation
2. Events
3. Twist
3. Language Feature of Spoof
1. Focusing on people, animals or certain things
2. Using action verb; ate, ran, etc
3. Using adverb of time and place
4. Told in chronological order
Penguin In The Park
Pengenalan
Once a man was walking in a park when he

came across a penguin.
Kejadian/peristiw
He took him to a policeman and said, I have
a/ kegiatan 1
just found this penguin. What should I do? The
policeman replied, take him to the zoo.
Kejadian/peristiw
The next day the policeman saw the same
a/ kegiatan 2
man in the same park and the man was still
carrying the penguin with him. The policeman
was rather surprised and walked up to the man and
asked, Why are you still carrying that penguin
about? Didnt you take it to the zoo?
I certainly did, replied the man.
Twist (Akhir yang
and it was a great idea because he really
lucu)
enjoyed it, so today Im taking him to the moviest!
Example of Spoof text
A. That Phone is Off
Soon after he left college, Dave found one of his uncles who was
very rich and had no children of his own died and left him a lot of
money, so he decided to set up his own real estate agency.
39
Small Notes
Spoof (Laporan kejadian
atau peristiwa lucu)
Ciri Umum:
Menceritakan kejadian, peristiwa
aneh atau lucu berdasarkan
kejadian atau peristiwa dalam
kehidupan nyata yang bertujuan
menghibur, yang biasa diakhiri
dengan sesuatu yang tidak
diharapkan (twist).
Pengenalan;
Kejadian/peristiwa/kegiatan
1;
Kejadian/peristiwa/kegiatan
2;
Twist (akhir yang tidak
terduga atau lucu).
Terfokus pada orang,

binatang, benda tertentu;
Menggunakan action verbs,

misalnya eat, run;
Menggunakan keterangan
waktu dan tempat;
Menggunakan past tense;
Dave found a nice office. He bought

some new furniture and moved in. he had
only been there for e few hours when he
heard someone coming toward the door of
his office.
It must be my first customer Dave
thought. He quickly picked up the
telephone and pretended to be very busy
answering an important call from
someone in New York who wanted to buy
a big and expensive house in the country.
The man knocked at the door while
this was going on. He came in and waited
politely for Dave to finish his conversation
on the phone. Then the man said to Dave;
I am from the telephone company and I
was sent here to connect your telephone
Notes on the Spoofs

Generic Structure
Orientation: Dave was
a
lucky
man.
He
suddenly became a very
rich man because of the
death of his rich uncle
who had no children. He
inherited his uncles money.

Event 1: Being rich, he wanted to set up his estate
company
Event 2: He had his new office. In his office, he
pretended to be a very successful businessman. He
acted as had an important client. He showed by
making conversation on the phone.
Twist: The man whom he showed is a telephone
technician. He came to Daves office to connect that
phone.
B. Saved by Stilts
The king wanted to test Abu Nawas smartness. So he invited Abu
Nawas to the palace. You want me, your Majesty? greeted Abu Nawas.
Yes, you have fooled me three times and thats too much. I want you to
leave the country. Otherwise you will have to go to jail said the king. If
that is what you want, I will do what you said said Abu Nawas sadly.
Then Remember, from tomorrow you may not step on the ground of
40
this country anymore the king said seriously. Then Abu nawas left the
king palace sadly.
The following morning the king ordered his two guards to go to Abu
Nawas house. The guards were very surprised found Abu Nawas still in
his house. He had not left the country yet. Instead leaving the country,
Abu Nawas was swimming in small pool in front of his house. Hey Abu
Nawas, why havent you left this country yet? The king ordered you not
to step on the ground of this country anymore, didnt he? said the
guards. Sure he did answered Abu Nawas calmly. But look at me! Do I
step on the ground of this country? No, I do not step on the ground. I am
swimming on the water continued Abu Nawas.
The guards were not able to argue with Abu Nawas so they left Abu
Nawas house and went back to the palace. The guards reported what
they had seen to the king. The king was curious on Abu Nawas excuse
not to leave the country. Therefore the king ordered his guard to call
Abu Nawas to come to the palace.
Abu Nawas came to the palace on stilts. The king wondered and
said Abu, I will surely punish you because you havent done what I
have said. You have not left this country. The King continued And now,
look at you. You walk on stilts like a child. Are you crazy? The king
pretended to be furious.
I remember exactly what you said, Your Majesty Abu Nawas
answered calmly. This morning I took a bath in the small pool in my
house so that I had not to step on the ground. And since yesterday, I
have been walking on this stilts. So you see, Your Majesty, I do not step
on the ground of this country. The king was not able to say anything.
(Adapted from S. Hariantos Abu Nawas and King Aaron)

Orientation: Introducing Abu Nawas and the King on the
counteracts about leaving and staying in the country
Event 1: Abu Nawas was swimming on the pool
Event 2: Abu Nawas was walking on the stilts
Twister: Abu Nawas explained that swimming in the pool
and walking on the stilts meant not stepping on the
ground of the country
C. Private Conversation
Last week I went to the theatre. I had a very good seat. The play
was very interesting.I did not enjoy it. A young man and a young woman
were sitting behind me. They were talking very loudly.I got very angry. I
could not hear the actors. I turned around. I looked at the man and the
young woman angrily. They did not pay any attention.In the end, I could
not bear it. I turned around again. I could not hear a word I said
angrily.Its none of your business the young man said rudely. This is a
private conversation
(From: English New Concept)
41

Orientation: introducing a writes as point of view I
which is in a theatre last week
Event 1: the other theatregoers, young man and
young woman, were talking noisily.
Event 2: the writer used physical language by turning
around to the young man and young woman talk to
not to make noisy.
Event 3: the write used verbal language by saying I
could not hear a word.
Twister: the young man misunderstood the writers
word and said; Its none of your business. Its a
private conversation.
D. Nasreddins Coat
One day Nasreddin had been invited to the dinner party. He went to
the party by wearing old clothes.
When he arrived in the party, nobody looked at him and nobody
gave him a seat. He got no food in the party so he went home and
change his clothes
Next he put on his best clothes. He wore his newest coat and went
to the party again. The host at once got up and came to meet him. The
host offered him the best table and gave him a good seat and served
him the best food
Nasreddin sat and put off his coat. He put his coat and said; Eat
the food, Coat! the hosts and guests were very surprised and asked
Nareddin; What are doing? Nasreddin replied calmly; When I came
here with my old clothes, nobody looked at me. Then I went home and
put on my best clothes. I came back in my newest coat and you all give
me this best food and drink. So, you give food to my coat instead of
me. Getting Nasreddin's answer, they just shook the head.
Orientation: one day, Nasreddin was invited to a
dinner party
Event 1: He was in the party with his old cloth
Event 2: He was in the party with his best newest coat
Twist: Among the hosts and guests, he aske his coat to
eat the served food
E. Penguin in the Park
Once a man was walking in a park when he across a penguin. He
took it to a policeman and said; "What should I do?" The policeman
replied; "Take it to the zoo!".
42
The next day, the policeman saw the man in the same park. The
man was still carrying the penguin. The policeman was rather surprised
and walked up to the man and asked; "Why are you still carrying the
penguin? Didn't you take it to the zoo?" The man replied; "I certainly
did. And it was a great idea because the penguin really enjoyed it. So,
today I am taking it to the movie".
Analyzing the Text
Orientation;introducing participants: "He" and Penguin.
They were in the park
Event1; The man tended to take the penguin to the park
Event; The following day, the man were still carrying the
penguin
Twist; Even, finally the man would take the penguin to the
movies
Focusing on certain certain participants; He, penguin,
policeman
Using action verb; carry, walk up
Using adverb of time and place; once, in the park
Told in chronological order; chronological order by days,
the next day
12.
Recount Text
What is Recount?
1. Definition of Recount
Recount is a text which retells events or experiences in the past. Its
purpose is either to inform or to entertain the audience. There is no
complication among the participants and that differentiates from
narrative
2. Generic Structure of Recount
1. Orientation: Introducing the participants, place and time
2. Events: Describing series of event that happened in the past
3. Reorientation: It is optional. Stating personal comment of the
writer to the story
3. Language Feature of Recount
Introducing personal participant; I, my group, etc
Using chronological connection; then, first, etc
Using linking verb; was, were, saw, heard, etc
43
Using action verb; look, go, change, etc

Using simple past tense
Our trip to the Blue Mountain
Orientation On Friday we went to the Blue Mountains. We stayed at
David and Dellas house. It has a big garden with lots of
colourful flowers and a tennis court.
Events
On Saturday we saw the Three Sisters and went on the

scenic railway. It was scary. Then, Mummy and I went
shopping with Della. We went to some antique shops and
I tried on some old hats.
On Sunday we went on the Scenic Skyway and it rocked.
We saw cockatoos having a shower.
Reorientati In the afternoon we went home.

on
Example of Recount text
A. Vacation to London
Mr. Richards family was on vacation. They are Mr. and Mrs. Richard
with two sons. They went to London. They saw their travel agent and
booked their tickets. They went to the British Embassy to get visas to
enter Britain. They had booked fourteen days tour. This includes travel
and accommodation. They also included tours around London
They boarded a large Boeing flight. The flight was nearly fourteen
hours. On the plane the cabin crews were very friendly. They gave them
news paper and magazine to read. They gave them food and drink.
There was a film for their entertainment. They had a very pleasant
flight. They slept part of the way.
On arrival at Heathrow Airport, they had to go to Customs and
Immigration. The officers were pleasant. They checked the document
carefully but their manners were very polite. Mr. Richard and his family
collected their bags and went to London Welcome Desk. They arranged
the transfer to a hotel.
The hotel was a well-known four-star hotel. The room had perfect
view of the park. The room had its own bathroom and toilet. Instead of
keys for the room, they inserted a key-card to open the door. On the
third floor, there was a restaurant serving Asian and European food.
They had variety of food.
The two week in London went by fast. At the end of the 14-day,
they were quite tired but they felt very happy.
B. Between Recount and Narrative
44
Something which happened in the

past is the main resource to compose both
recount and narrative text. In writer's point
of view, the thing is an experience. It can
be what the writer has done, hear, read,
and felt. Composing recount and narrative
is retelling the experiences of the past
event to be a present event.
What does recount differ from
narrative?
The easiest way to catch the
difference is analyzing the generic
structure. Recount text presents the past
experiences in order of time or place; what
happened on Sunday, then on Monday, the
on Tuesday. In simple way, recount
describes series of events in detail. It does
not expose the struggle on how to make
them happen. The event happened
smoothly. On the other hand, narrative
introduces crises and how to solve them.
Narrative text always appear as a hard
potrait of participant's past experience. It
reveals
the
conflict
among
the
participants. Cinderella's conflicts with her
step mother and sister are the example.
The conflict is the most important element
in a narrative text. Narrative without
comflicts is not narrative any more.
C. Visiting Bali
There were so many places to see in
Bali that my friend decided to join the
tours to see as much as possible. My friend
stayed in Kuta on arrival. He spent the first
three days swimming and surfing on Kuta
beach. He visited some tour agents and
selected two tours. The first one was to
Singaraja, the second was to Ubud.
On the day of the tour, he was ready.
My friend and his group drove on through
mountains. Singaraja is a city of about 90
thousands people. It is a busy but quiet
town. The street are lined with trees and
Small Notes
Recount (Laporan peristiwa,
kejadian atau kegiatan
masa lampau)
Ciri Umum
Melaporkan peristiwa,
kejadian atau kegiatan
dengan tujuan
memberitakan atau
menghibur.
(b) Struktur Teks/Generic
structure
Orientation; Pengenalan,
yaitu memberikan informasi
tentang siapa, di mana dan
kapan;
Events; Rekaman peristiwa,
kejadian atau kegiatan yang
terjadi, yang biasanya
disampaikan dalam urutan
kronologis;
Komentar pribadi dan/atau
ungkapan penilaian;
Reorientation; Pengenalan
ulang yang merangkum
rentetan peristiwa, kejadian
atau kegiatan.
Menggunakan:
nouns dan pronouns

sebagai kata ganti orang,
hewan atau benda yang
terlibat, misalnya David, the
monkey, we dsb.
action verbs atau kata kerja

tindakan, misalnya go,
sleep, run dsb.
past tense, misalnya We

went to the zoo; She was
happy dsb.
conjunctions dan time

connectives yang
mengurutkan peristiwa,
kejadian atau kegiatan,
misalnya and, but, then,
after that, dsb.
adverbs dan adverb phrases

untuk mengungkap tempat,
waktu dan cara, misalnya
yesterday, at my house,
45
slowly dsb.
adjectives untuk
menerangkan nouns,
misalnya beautiful, funny,
dsb.
there are many old Dutch houses. Then they returned very late in the
evening to Kuta.
The second tour to Ubud was a very different tour. It was not to see
the scenery but to see the art and the craft of the island. The first stop
was at Batubulan, a center of stone sculpture. There my friend watched
young boys were carving away at big blocks of stone. The next stop was
Celuk, a center for silversmiths and goldensmiths. After that he stopped
a little while for lunch at Sukawati and on to mass. Mass is a tourist
center
My friend ten-day-stay ended very quickly beside his two tour, all
his day was spent on the beach. He went sailing or surfboarding every
day. He was quiet satisfied.
D. My Horrible Experience
Let me remind you my experience during an earthquake last week.
When the earthquake happened, I was on my car. I was driving home
from my vocation to Bali.
Suddenly my car lunched to one side, to the left. I thought I got flat
tire. I did not know that it was an earthquake. I knew it was an
earthquake when I saw some telephone and electricity poles falling
down to the ground, like matchsticks.
Then I saw a lot of rocks tumbling across the road. I was trapped by
the rock. Even I could not move my car at all. There were rocks
everywhere. There was nothing I could do but left the car and walked
along way to my house, in the town.
When I reached my town, I was so surprised that there was almost
nothing left. The earthquake made a lot of damage to my town.
Although nothing was left, I thanked God that nobody was seriously
injured.
Orientation; introducing the participant, using first
person point of view, I was on the car las week.
Events; describing a series of event which happened. The
car lunched to one side. Telephone and electricity poles
was falling down, etc.
Re-orientation; stating the writer's personal note.
Thanking God because nobody was seriously injured.
Using personal participant; I
Using chronological connectives; then, and, suddenly
Using linking verb; was, were
Using action verb; moved, left, walked, made, etc
Using simple past tense pattern; earthquake
happened, I was on the car, my car lunched on one
side, etc
46
E. My Grandpas Funeral in Toraja

Last month my family and I went to Toraja to attend Grandpas
funeral. It was my first time to go to such a ceremony. We gathered
there with our kin in the ceremony.
Overall, the ceremony was quite elaborate. It took about a week.
Several days before the ceremony was done, grandpas body was kept
in a series of houses arranged in a circular row around an open field
called tongkonan. His corpse was dressed in a fi ne wearing.
The funeral was performed in two phases. First, we slaughtered the
pigs and buffaloes, and then moved the corpse to face north. In this
ceremony we wore black clothes. After that, the corpse was placed in a
sandal wood coffin. Then, it was brought out of the house and placed on
an open platform beneath the granary. Meanwhile, my uncle, my
brother, and I prepared the wooden puppet and a funeral tower called
lakian. The next phase of the ceremony was held in this place. The
coffin is borne from the house and placed in the lakian. During the day,
there were also buffalo matches. They were great matches. In the night,
we were feasting, chanting, and dancing.
On the last day, the grandpas coffin were lowered from the funeral
tower and brought up to the mountain side family graveyard. It was
followed by great shouting and excitement from the relatives and the
guests. Finally, we installed the wooden puppet on a high balcony where
other puppets representing the members of a whole family were already
there. The funeral ceremonies made my family and me tired. However,
we were grateful because it ran smoothly.
Questions
1. When did the writer attend the funeral?
2. How long did the writer and his family hold the ceremony?
3. What did they do to the corpse before the funeral was done?
4. What did they do after the corpse was placed in a sandal wood coffi
n?
5. What did they do on the last day of the ceremony?
Notes:
A recount text is a text that tells you a part of experience.
A recount text has an orientation, a series of events in
chronological order, personal remarks on the events and a
reorientation that rounds off the sequence of events. In
the text, you find words and phrases used to start,
connect a sentence with the next one, and end your
composition. Those words and phrases are:
First,
47
13.
Then,
After that,
Finally,
Review Text
What is review text

1. Definition
Review is one of text genres. This classification of text types is
commonly based on the structure which used by the writer to
compose his text. Each text type will have different form of generic
structure. As I said in my previous post, review text usually has
generic structure as:
2. Generic Structure
Introduction: it is the highlight of the general description about
what will be reviewed. It can be product, services which want to be
sold, or just a site which want to be known publicly. Then it will drive
more traffic into the site.
Evaluation: the second phase is coming inside into the product in
details. It states the parts, uniqueness, quality of the product which
will be known publicly. However too much detail description will
teach the will-buyer and it does not sound good. Evaluating as far
as necessary for the targeted buyer is more genuine. The term of
evaluation will not be far from simple word of good or bad. In this
phase reviewer will apply much evaluative word, valuable, useful,
worthy, etc.
Interpretation: after writing about the objective thing of the
product, it is the time for reviewer to write about what he thinks or
impresses on the product. Of course this phase can be done after
getting enough evaluation on the product. It is personal idea about
the product. Frequently to support and strengthen his idea or
impression, a reviewer describes a comparison to other similar
product. He states in which side the product has additional value or
honestly admitted that the product lacks value in certain side.
Summary: this phase is recommending conclusion for reader of the
product. After clearly explanation, a reviewer will make a final
comment whether the product is valuable or not for targeted buyer.
This phase is the worth of the review for reader.
3. Dominant Language features:
1. Focus on specific participants
48
2. Using adjectives
3. Using long and complex clauses
4. Using metaphor
Harry Potter: Order of the Phoenix
Pengenalan I absolutely love the Harry Potter series, and all of the
/ Orientasi books will always hold a special place in my heart.
Evaluasi 1
I have to say that of all of the books, however, this was

not my favorite.
Evaluasi 2
When the series began it was as much of a "feel good"

experience as a huge mug of hot cocoa. The stories were
bright, fast-paced, intriguing, and ultimately satisfying.
Tafsiran
Order of the Phoenix is a different kind of book. In some
(Interpretati instances this works...you feel a whole new level of
ve recount) intensity and excitement by the time you get to the end. I
was truly moved by the last page. Other times the book
just has a slightly dreary, depressing feel. The galloping
pace of the other books has slowed to a trot here, and
parts of it do seem long, as if we're reading all about
Harry "just hanging out" instead of having his usual
adventures. Reading in detail about Harry cleaning up an
old house, for example - housekeeping is still
housekeeping, magical or no, and I'm not very interested
in doing it or reading about other people doing it.
A few other changes in this book - the "real" world
comes much more in to play rather than the fantasy
universe of the previous books, and Harry has apparently
been taken off his meds. I know that he had a lot to be
grumpy in this book, especially with being a teenager
and all, but the sudden change in his character seemed
too drastic. He goes from being a warm-hearted,
considerate person to someone who will bite his best
friend's heads off over nothing. It just seemed like it
didn't fit with his character, like he turned into a walking
clich of the "angry teen" overnight.
Rangkuman The "real" story seemed to happen in the last 1/3 of the
book, and this part I loved. I actually liked the ending
(and yes, I cried!) as sad as it was. It packed a punch and
it made me care about the story even more. Still a really
good book, with some editing it would have been great.
49
Example of Review text

A. Zenni Optical; a site for eyeglasses
Eyeglasses will become more and more important. It is not only
because for protecting our eyes from the hot light but also for holding
the trend. There are a lot of online sites which provides products of
eyeglasses but Zenni Optical was on FOX news! is just the perfect one.
If we visit the site, we will easily catch various information about
eyeglasses. The site is quite simple but very informative. It is real, easy
and not complicated design. With quick loading this site will bring us
quickly in to what we want.
There is information about Variable

Dimension Frames From Zenni. Titanium, aluminum and rimless frame
are available. The eyeglasses are designed for different users.
Eyeglasses for children, woman and man are available choice. Again,
what makes it different is this site gives the Great Eyeglasses For Less
cost. The product can be sold in cheap price because it has cut the
marketing link. It straightly goes to the end user.
B. Good Translation
Translation is transferring not only words by word but also message
to message. In certain case, it will be quite difficult to make translation.
How is to make good Arabic translation from English phrase of as white
as snow meanwhile there is no snow in Arabian?
The basic requirement of a good translator is mastering resource
and target language with all non-linguistic aspect . If he is an English
translator and wants to make Hindi translation, he should understand
well the language and aspect of India. Similarly, if he works with Farsi
translation, he has to be familiar with linguistics and non-linguistics of
Farsian.
However, translation providers can bridge that difficulty. The
translation experts, such as India translation will help to fix the problem.
The experts who have grammatical, lexical, sociolinguistics
specialization will match in transferring the message from one language
to another language.
C. Recording Mommy Journey

Life itself is a journey. For Rosemarie, a pretty young Filipino single
mother for 2-year kid, the daily activities are worthily documented. The
site is her effort to record of what she did, does and will do daily.
50
The site consists of several topic; family,

motherhood, shopping, money, love fashion
and shopping. These topics are close related
to her own life. She is not only young but also
pretty and she has a kid. These topics will be
useful to her. Rosemarie is also interested
with making money, internet, business,
computer, loan and other interesting stuff.
She is a widely knowledge mom.
The template design of her site is very
girly, pink centered. She has arranged her site
very attractive, fresh and bright. Again, this
physical appearing site must represent her
personal mood because she is a young and
pretty mom. I like this site and you, young
mothers, surely will like the site too.
D. Good Young Mother
Review (Ulasan atau

tinjauan)
Ciri Umum:
(a) Tujuan Komunikatif
Teks:
Melakukan kritik
terhadap peristiwa
atau karya seni
untuk pembaca atau
pendengar halayak
ramai, misalnya
film, pertunjukan,
buku, dll.
(b) Struktur Teks:
Pengenalan;
(orientation)
Evaluasi 1;
Evaluasi 2;
Tafsir;(Interpretive)
It is about a young mother. It has a title
of yummy mummy. This blog is representative
Evaluasi 3;
of her idea of becoming young mother. He
Evaluasi 4, dsb. Jika
pours her thought and opinion on this blog in
ada;
relating her position of a mother of kid and a
Rangkuman.
(Evaluative
wife of a husband. Beside that, she is trying to
Summation)
monetizing it
This blog has fresh physical appearance.
Terfokus pada
She choose green border of her template. She
partisipan tertentu;
is young therefore she has to have a blog look
Menggunakan:
fresh and energetic. She looks to have strong
adjectives
care to her baby that is why we find her
menunjukkan sikap,
monthly calendar of feeding milk to her baby
seperti bad, good;
attaches on the header of the blog.
klausa panjang dan
She is not only a good mother for her
kompleks;
baby but also a good wife for her husband.
metafor.
She expresses it in her post labeled wedding
anniversary. It is a romantic scene. In the last
she is monetizing this blog. It must help her husband support financially
the family. It is really a reference blog for every young mother and wife.
E. Recommended Software Applications

Software application have grown to their density. A lot of softwares
have been offered to us. They claim that they are the best product. A
buyer is really a king. He/she has so many choices to select which
he/she likes most. In one side, this phenomenon present us comparable
51
software products but, in the other hands, it make us complicated to

choose.
Due to this complex phenomenon of consumer, a review site is
necessary. It will be a recommending bridge between consumer and
producer. A good reviewer will place hes/her self in the middle arena.
He/she will not tend to specially software producer or absolutely
consumer. He/she just presents the real description of the product.
He/she will observes to find the good and bad side of the product. In the
last, he/she will recommends whether the reviewed products deserve to
choose or not. That is really helpful for consumer.
14.
Writing job application letters
The job application letter's sole purpose is to get the recipient to read your CV. It
should be clear, concise and straight to the point. Here you are simply telling the employer
that you are worth having a look at.
The application letter should be brief, no more than one page in length. It should be
easy to read and flow through. It should include only the absolute necessary information.
Like most other things, there is a formula that works extremely well for preparing job
application letters. Following we discuss each paragraph and give you some guidelines.
Addressing job application letters:

The style you choose is not important, there are many different styles of job applications
and professional letters, this comes down to personal preference. However somewhere on
the top, whether it is on the right or left hand sides, there should be your address and the
date. Following this, on the left hand side you should address it. Ensure you include the
name of the person, their title, company name, address and any position reference number.
This is probably obvious, but ensure that you spell their name correctly, nothing worse
than receiving a letter incorrectly addressed or misspelled. It gives a poor first impression.
The Introductory Paragraph:

The first paragraph should simply state why you are writing to them. If it is an advertised
position, mention the position title and where it was advertised. If you are "cold calling" a
company then you should specify that you are applying for any current or future
employment opportunities.
An easy way to start this paragraph is with the following statement: " Please find enclosed
my CV, which I am forwarding to you as an application for the position of......."
The main body of job application letters:

52
The main body of the letter should be two to three paragraphs at the most. Here is where
you tell them what you have to offer and why they should read your CV. This is a good
time to read the job advertisement again. In one paragraph (two at the most) you need to
summarise your experience and skills, at the same time, you need to respond to the
position requirements as per the advertisement.
Analyse your career and summarise it in a few sentences, highlight what you specialise in,
or how many years in the industry you might have, or even the level that you have
reached. This paragraph should direct the reader to your CV and should sell you on some
unique points that you might have.
A good way to start this paragraph is with a statement like this: "You will see from my
enclosed CV...." then go ahead and tell them something about your career which will
immediately get their interest.
The next part of the body of the letter should be a brief description of your personal skills.
Again read the advertisement and respond to their needs. If they are asking for someone
with good co-ordination skills, then ensure you mention something to that effect. If it is
communication or perhaps leadership skills they value, then tell them that you have these.
Use adjectives like "demonstrated ability", "well developed", "strong".
Job Application Letters Closing Paragraph:

The closing paragraph should ask for some action from the recipient. This is where you
ask for an interview. It should also state where and how they can reach you, and it should
thank the recipient for giving you the opportunity to apply. You can include things like
"should you require further information....." .
Finish the letter by adding a closing remark, either "yours sincerely", "yours faithfully' or
whatever you feel comfortable with and obeying general letter writing etiquette. Leave a
few spaces for your signature and then place your full name.
Before you mail the application letter, read it over again, making sure that it is perfect.
Special attention should be placed to ensure the letter:
It is not too long.

There are no grammar or spelling errors.
That you have answered the job requirements.
The application letter flows and is easy to read.
You might have to type and edit the letter many times before you are happy with it, but just
remember that the job application letter is just as important as the CV itself. The letter
should invite the recipient to read the resume, in turn the resume should raise enough
53
interest for them to want to interview you. The Interview is where you will demonstrate
your skills and abilities.
15.
Similarities and differenties
A. The Differences between Report and Descriptive Text

Some text types are quite difficult to differ. Such report and
descriptive text have the similarity in the social function and generic
structure. However if they are analyzed carefully, the slight
difference between the two text types will reveal.
The purpose of the two texts are to give the live-description of
the object/participant. Both the report and descriptive text try to
show rather than tell the reader about the factual condition of the
object. Readers by themselves will catch the impressive point of the
object through that showing writing style. What make different,
between report and descriptive text, is the scope of the written
object. If we talk about, eg: bicycle, it belongs to report text. It will
talk about bicycle in general; its parts, physical strengh, function for
certain people or other general characters of bike. In the other hand,
descriptive text will convey more focus, for example "my bicycle"
with its specific characters; colour, lengh, wheel style, etc.
In short, report text describes the way of certain things and
frequently refer to phenomenon of nature, animal and scientific
object. Mostly, report is written after getting careful observation. This
scientific and technical sense make clearer difference from
descriptive text. The way of descriptive text in showing thing is
based on the objective fact of the thing. It describe the specific thing
simply as the thing is.
B. Between Explanation and Procedure Text

Seeing the social function, both procedure and explanation texts
have the similarity in which both describe how to make or done
something. They give the detail description on something,
phenomena, goods, product case or problem.
To see the differences between explanation and procedure, we
have to analyze the dominant language feature and how the texts
are used.
Procedure, this text type is commonly called as instruction text.
It uses pattern of commend in building the structure. It use the to
infinitive verb which is omitted the to. It is a kind of instruction
text which uses full commend verb. Procedure is commonly used to
describe how to make something which is close to our daily activity.
For example how to make a cup of tea, how to make a good kite, etc
54
is the best example of the procedure text. It is such word; first boil
water, secondly prepare the cup, and so on.
Explanation, it is commonly used the passive voice in building
the text. Explanation is such a scientific written material. It describes
how certain phenomenon or event happen. How a tornado form, how
tsunami works are the best example of explanation text. It uses
passive pattern in describing the topic.
C. Between Recount and Narrative

Something which happened in the past is the main resource to
compose both recount and narrative text. In writer's point of view,
the thing is an experience. It can be what the writer has done, hear,
read, and felt. Composing recount and narrative is retelling the
experiences of the past event to be a present event.
What does recount differ from narrative?
The easiest way to catch the difference is analyzing the generic
structure. Recount text presents the past experiences in order of
time or place; what happened on Sunday, then on Monday, the on
Tuesday. In simple way, recount describes series of events in detail. It
does not expose the struggle on how to make them happen. The
event happened smoothly. On the other hand, narrative introduces
crises and how to solve them. Narrative text always appear as a hard
potrait of participant's past experience. It reveals the conflict among
the participants. Cinderella's conflicts with her step mother and sister
are the example. The conflict is the most important element in a
narrative text. Narrative without comflicts is not narrative any more.
D. Between Explanation and Procedure Text

Seeing the social function, both procedure and explanation texts
have the similarity in which both describe how to make or done
something. They give the detail description on something,
phenomena, goods, product case or problem.
To see the differences between explanation and procedure, we
have to analyze the dominant language feature and how the texts
are used.
Procedure, this text type is commonly called as instruction text.
It uses pattern of commend in building the structure. It use the to
infinitive verb which is omitted the to. It is a kind of instruction
text which uses full commend verb. Procedure is commonly used to
describe how to make something which is close to our daily activity.
For example how to make a cup of tea, how to make a good kite, etc
is the best example of the procedure text. It is such word; first boil
water, secondly prepare the cup, and so on.
55
Explanation, it is commonly used the passive voice in building

the text. Explanation is such a scientific written material. It describes
how certain phenomenon or event happen. How a tornado form, how
tsunami works are the best example of explanation text. It uses
passive pattern in describing the topic.
16.
A Complete Overview Of Tex Types

Based on generic structure and language feature dominantly used,
texts are divided into several types. They are narrative, recount,
descriptive, report, explanation, analytical exposition, hortatory
exposition, procedure, discussion, review, anecdote, spoof, and news
item. These variations are known as GENRES.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Anecdote
Descriptive
Narrative
Procedure
News Items
Discussion
a) ANALYTICAL EXPOSITION
Purpose: To reveal the readers
that something is the
important case
Generic Structure:
1. Thesis
2. Arguments
3. Reiteration/Conclusion
Dominant Language Features:
1. Using modals
2. Using action verbs
3. Using thinking verbs
4. Using adverbs
5. Using adjective
6. Using technical terms
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Explanation
Report
Spoof
Recount
Review
7. Using general and abstract

noun
8. Using
connectives/transition
b) ANECDOTE
Purpose: to share with others
an account of an unusual or
amusing incident
Generic Structure:
1. Abstract
2. Orientation
3. Crisis
4. Reaction
5. Coda.
56
1. Using exclamations,
rhetorical question or
intensifiers
2. Using material process
3. Using temporal
conjunctions
c) DESCRIPTIVE
Purpose: To explain the
processes involved in the
formation or working of
natural or socio-cultural
phenomena.
Generic Structure:
1. General statement
2. Explanation
3. Closing
1. Using Simple Present Tense
3. Using passive voice
4. Using noun phrase
5. Using adverbial phrase
noun
8. Using conjunction of time
and cause-effect.
d) NARRATIVE
Purpose: To amuse/entertain
the readers and to tell a story
5. Reorientation
1. Using Past Tense
3. Chronologically arranged
e) PROCEDURE
Purpose: to help readers how
to do or make something
completely
Generic Structure:
1. Goal/Aim
2. Materials/Equipments
3. Steps/Methods
2. Using Imperatives sentence
3. Using adverb
f) NEWS ITEM
Purpose: to inform readers
about events of the day which
are considered newsworthy or
important
Dominant Generic Structure:
1. Newsworthy event(s)
2. Background event(s)
3. Sources
1. Orientation
1. Short, telegraphic
information about story
captured in headline
2. Evaluation
3. Complication
3. Using saying verbs
Generic Structure:
4. Resolution
57
4. Using adverbs : time, place

and manner.
g) DISCUSSION
Purpose: to present
information and opinions
about issues in more one side
of an issue (For/Pros and
Against/Cons)
Generic Structure:
1. Issue
2. Arguments for and against
3. Conclusion
2. Use of relating verb/to be
3. Using thinking verb
noun
5. Using conjunction/transition
6. Using modality
7. Using adverb of manner
h) EXPLANATION
Purpose: to describe a
particular person, place or
thing in detail.
Dominant Generic Structure:
1. Identification
2. Description
Language Features:
3. Using adverb
4. Using special technical
terms
i) HORTATORY EXPOSITION
Purpose: to persuade the

readers that something
should or should not be the
case or be done
Generic Structure:
1. Thesis
2. Arguments
3. Recommendation
Dominant Language features:
2. Using modals
4. Using thinking verbs
5. Using adverbs
6. Using adjective
noun
9. Using
connectives/transition
Then what is the basic
difference between analytical
and hortatory exposition. In
simple word. Analytical is the
answer of "How is/will" while
hortatory is the answer of
"How should". Analytical
exposition will be best to
describe "How will student do
for his examination? The point
is the important thing to do.
But for the question" How
should student do for his
exam?" will be good to be
answered with hortatory. It is
to convince that the thing
should be done
j) REPORT
58
Purpose: to presents
information about something,
as it is.
1. Using Past Tense

3. Using adjectives
Generic Structure
Narrative and recount in some

ways are similar. Both are
telling something in the past
so narrative and recount
usually apply PAST TENSE;
whether Simple Past Tense,
Simple Past Continuous Tense,
or Past Perfect Tense. The
ways narrative and recount
told are in chronological order
using time or place.
Commonly narrative text is
found in story book; myth,
fable, folklore, etc while
recount text is found in
biography.
1. General classification
2. Description
Dominant Language Feature
1. Introducing group or
general aspect
2. Using conditional logical
connection
k) SPOOF
Purpose: to tell an event with
a humorous twist and
entertain the readers
Generic Structure:
The thing that makes

narrative and recount
different is the structure in
which they are constructed.
Narrative uses conflicts
among the participants
whether natural conflict,
social conflict or psychological
conflict. In some ways
narrative text combines all
these conflicts. In the
contrary, we do not find these
conflicts inside recount text.
Recount applies series of
event as the basic structure
1. Orientation
2. Event(s)
3. Twist
1. Using Past Tense
3. Using adverb
4. Chronologically arranged
l) RECOUNT
Purpose: to retell something
that happened in the past and
to tell a series of past event
Generic Structure:
m)
REVIEW
2. Event(s)
Purpose: to critique or
evaluate an art work or event
for a public audience
3. Reorientation
dominant Generic Structure:
1. Orientation
1. Orientation
2. Evaluation
59
3. Interpretative Recount
4. Evaluation
1. Focus on specific
participants
5. Evaluative Summation
2. Using adjectives
Dominant Language features:
3. Using long and complex

clauses
4. Using metaphor
17.
Bentuk Soal Reading

BEBERAPA pertanyaan yang diajukan dalam teks pada umumnya
siswa dituntut untuk dapat memberikan penjelasan seperti hal
sebagai berikut:
Apakah yang dimaksud dengan;
1. TEXT adalah segala bentuk tulisan yang ada pada sebuah buku,
artikel dll yang mempunyai makna. Non-continuous text misalnya
brosur, label, grafik, tabel, map, diagram dsb. Continuous text
misalnya narrative, descriptive,exposition, spoof dsb.
2. PARAGRAPH adalah bagian dari sebuah tulisan/teks dan mungkin
saja terdiri dari sebuah kalimat atau sekumpulan kalimat yang
merupakan pengembangan dari pokok pikiran/main topic/main
idea.
3. Kalimat yang menggambarkan main idea/pokok pikiran dari sebuah
paragraph disebut TOPIC SENTENCE.
4. Topic sentence biasanya ada pada awal/akhir/kadang di tengah
sebuah paragrap.
5. Gambaran umum tentang isi bacaan bisa merupakan MAIN TOPIC
atau MAIN IDEA.
6. TOPIC dari sebuah paragrap/teks adalah subjek dari tulisan,
sedangkan MAIN IDEA adalah keterangan, penjelasan, uraian
topic atau merupakan pendapat penulis tentang topic tulisannya.
7. Oleh karena itu pertanyaan tentang topic dari sebuah
paragraph/text bisa tentang inti isi tulisan yang juga bisa
merupakan judul.
8. Jika pertanyaan menanyakan TOPIC maka jawaban ditulis dalam
satu kata atau bentuk frasa, tetapi jika pertanyaan menanyakan
tentang MAIN IDEA maka jawaban ditulis dalam kalimat
lengkap.
9. Yang
dimaksud
dengan
informasi
tertentu/specific
information adalah informasi yang tertera jelas dalam text,
biasanya tentang nama, tempat, tanggal, tahun, dsb.
10.
Yang dimaksud dengan informasi tersirat adalah informasi
yang tidak tertera jelas dalam text. Untuk dapat menjawab
pertanyaan spt ini dibutuhkan keterampilan reading between
the lines.
60
11.
Frasa adalah rangkaian kata yang mempunyai makna.
Dibawah ini adalah macam-macam bentuk pertanyaan yang biasa ada

dalam soal Reading:
a) Menemukan gambaran umum/topic isi bacaan/teks.
Contoh pertanyaan :
Which of the following is the most suitable title?
What is the suitable topic of the passage?
The text mainly tells us about____.
b) Menemukan informasi tertentu/khusus dari bacaan.
Contoh pertanyaan :
When did she make her first solo flight? In
c) Menemukan informasi rinci yang tersurat dari bacaan teks/dialog.
Contoh :
Which of the following requirements is not mentioned in the
passage?
They may be classified in several different ways
The underlined word refers to .
d) Menemukan informasi rinci yang tersirat dari bacaan teks/dialog.
Contoh :
Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text?
The following are TRUE about Maria EXCEPT
e) Menentukan main idea yang tersurat/tersirat dari suatu paragrap.
Contoh :
What is the main idea of the passage?
The fourth paragraph tells us ____.
f) Menentukan makna kata, frasa dan kalimat berdasarkan konteks.
Contoh :
Brownie is Chinese breed, it is small, fluffy. And cute.
The underlined word mean ____
g) Menentukan type text yang digunakan penulis.
Contoh :
What type text is used by the writer?
The text above is in the form of _____.
h) Menentukan communicative purpose/tujuan kominikativ sebuah teks
Contoh :
The communicative putpose of the text above is ___.
The purpose of the text is _____.
i) Menyusun kalimat dengan baik.
Contoh :
The best order of the sentences above is
The best arrangement of the sentences to make a good paragraph is
61
EXERCISES;
a) Analytical exposition
Dust Bin
To improve comfort and cleanliness at our school, a number of dust bins
should be increased.
When we look at classrooms, school corridors and school yard, there are
paper mineral water cups, straws, and napkins here and there. The condition of
uncleanliness and discomfort really hinders learning and teaching environment.
Litters thrown carelessly cause disease, especially empty plastic cup or glasses.
They can be filled out with water coming from the rain. This can be placed for
dengue mosquitoes to spread out. Besides, these rubbish can deteriorate the
scene. Well painted wall and green school yard do not mean anything litters are
scattered everywhere.
Anyway I notice that most of the students in our school have
responsibilities for the school environment. They put their litters on the proper
places. But some are not diligent enough to find the dust bins. The numbers of
dust binds in our schools are not enough. Ore dust bins should be put beside
each of steps, outside of the classrooms, and some more also the corridors.
Probably one dust bin should be in every ten meters. So when students want to
throw away their litters, they can find the dust bins easily.
When school is equipped with sufficient dust bins, we do not have problems
of freak and discomfort any more. Our school will be very clean and become a
nice place to study.
1. What is the writers intention? To
.. readers to do something good.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
inform
explain
describe
entertain
persuade
2. According to the writer, more dust

bins.. in every ten meters.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
should be decorated
should be painted
should be placed
are unnecessary
are not required
3. What is the writers argument on a

sufficient number of dust bins?
a) They can prevent litters

b) They can save janitors energy
c) Students are asked to clean
them
d) They make school environment
neat
e) Students can throw garbage
away easily
4. What is the writers suggestion?
a)
b)
c)
d)
To buy more dustbins

To hire more gardeners
To use dustbins efficiently
To ask parents to give more
dustbins
e) To ask students to clean the
school yard
62
Learning English
Learning English through music and songs can be very enjoyable. You can mix
pleasure with learning when you listen to a song and exploit the song as a means
to your English progress. Some underlying reason can be drawn to support the
idea why we use songs in language learning.
Firstly, the song stuck in my head Phenomenon (the echoing in our minds of
the last song we heard after leaving a restaurant, shopping malls, etc) can be
both enjoyable and sometimes unnerving. This phenomenon also seems to
reinforce the idea that songs work on our short-and-long term memory.
Secondly, songs in general also use simple conversational language, with a lot
of repetition, which is just what many learners look for sample text. The fact that
they are effective makes them many times more motivating than other text.
Although usually simple, some songs can be quite complex syntactically, lexically
and poetically, and can be analyzed in the same way as any other literary
sample.
Furthermore, song can be appropriated by listener for their own purpose. Most
pop songs and probably many other types dont have precise people, place or
time reference.
In addition, songs are relaxing. They provide variety and fun, and encourage
harmony within oneself and within one group. Little wonder they are important
tools in sustaining culture, religion, patriotism and yeas, even revolution.
Last but not least, there are many learning activities we can do with songs
such as studying grammar, practicing selective listening comprehension,
translating songs, learning vocabulary, spelling and culture.
From the elaboration above, it can be concluded that learning through music
and songs, learning English can be enjoyable and fun.
5. The type of the text above is
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Analytical exposition
Hortatory exposition
Narrative
Discussion
Explanation
6. What is the communicative purpose

of the text?
a) To tell the reader about the
songs
b) To entertain the reader with the
songs
c) To show the reader the use of
songs
d) To explain above the songs
e) To persuade the reader to use
songs in learning language
7. The generic structures of the text

are .
a) Thesis arguments
recommendation
b) General statement sequential
explanation
c) Newsworthy events
background events sources
d) Thesis arguments reiteration
e) General statement arguments
8. What is the text about .
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Learning songs
Very enjoyable music
The phenomenon
Music listeners
Using songs in language learning
63
9. Based on the text, there are

reason for using songs in learning
language
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
6
4
5
3
2
10.They provide variety and fun, and

encourage harmony within oneself
and within one group.
The underlined word refers to .
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Groups
Learners
People
Songs
Activities
Smoking in Restaurant
Smoking in restaurants is just not on. It must not be allowed because it is
rude, harmful to others and dangerous for the smokers.
Firstly, smoking in a restaurant is impolite. The smell of the smoke affects all
people and can turn them off their food. People pay to taste good food and not to
be put off by foul smelling smoke.
Another reason smoking should not be allowed in restaurant is the harm it can
do to others. Passive smoking that is breathing in smoke made by a smoker can
lead to asthma attacks and even cancer.
Finally, smoking is dangerous and a health risk to the smokers. Cigarettes
cause heart and lung disease and people should not smoke anywhere, not just in
restaurants.
Therefore, smoking in restaurants is impolite, harmful to others and a health
risk to the smokers and should not be allowed in any restaurants.
11.Smoking in the restaurants must be
avoided because
a)
b)
c)
d)
It is harmful to others
It is impolite
Its dangerous to the smokers
It can cause hearth and lung
disease
e) All answers are correct
12.We have many reasons to say that
smoking must be avoided. The
word reasons mean..
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
conclusion
point of view
argument
reinforcement
statement
13.Since we can find a thesis,

arguments and reiteration in the
text, so we can conclude that this

text belongs to..
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
description
narration
anecdote
procedure
analytical exposition
14.What is the purpose of the text?

a) To inform the readers to the
readers
b) To persuade to the readers
c) To describe to the readers
d) To tell a story to the readers
e) To argue about smoking to the
readers
15.The
synonym
of
the
dangerous in the text is
word
a) rude
64
b)
c)
d)
e)
impolite
health risk
harmful
disease
d) topic sentence
e) supporting details
17.Smoking in restaurant should not be
allowed. It means that..
16.Smoking in restaurants is just not

on. It must not be allowed because
it is rude, harmful to others and
dangerous for the smokers.
The sentence above characterize
as.. of the text.
a) thesis
b) arguments
c) reiteration
a) people should do smoking in

restaurant
b) people should not do smoking in
restaurant
c) people must not smoking in
restaurant
d) people must not smoke in
restaurant
e) people should smoke in
restaurant
The Importance of Reading

I personally think that reading is a very important activity in our life. Why do I
say so? Firstly, by reading we can get a lot of knowledge about many things in
the world such as Science, technology. Sports, arts, culture, etc written in either
books, magazine, newspaper, etc.
Secondly, by reading we can get a lot of news and information about
something happening in any parts of the world which can we see directly.
Another reason, reading can give us pleasure too. When we are tired, we read
books, newspaper or magazine on the entertainment coloumn such as comedy,
short story, quiz, etc. To make us relaxed.
The last, reading can also take us to other parts of the world. By reading a
book about Irian Jaya we may feel were really sitting in the jungles not at home
in our rooms.
From the facts above, its obvious that everyone needs to read to get
knowledge, information and also entertainment. Or in summary we can say
reading is truly important in our life.
18.Why is reading very important in
our life? Because..
a) By reading, we can get a lot of
friends, relatives, experience,
etc.
b) By reading, we can get little
knowledge but a lot of
entertainment.
c) By reading, we are always
relaxed.
d) By reading, we are always
happy.
e) By reading we can get a lot of

knowledge, news, information
and entertainment
19.If we want to get knowledge, what
should we do?
a) buy a lot of books
b) borrow a lot of books
c) look for newspaper and
magazine
d) sell and buy many expensive
books
e) Read a lot of books and other
printed materials.
65
20.What does the text tell us about?

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
The
The
The
The
The
description of reading
function of reading
importance of reading
disadvantages of reading
purpose of reading
21.What is the social function of the

text?
a) To tell a story
b) To describe the reader
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
Anecdote
Descriptive
Narrative
Procedure
News Items
Discussion
c) To entertain the reader

d) To give information
e) To persuade the reader
22.Paragraph. In the text is the
thesis.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
1
2
3
4
5
Explanation
Report
Spoof
Recount
Review
66
FUNCTIONAL SKILL
1.Offering Help
There are a number of formulas used when offering help in English.
Here are some of the most common:
May I help you?

Can I help you?
How can I be of help to you?
Are you looking for something?
What can I help you

can I do for you?
Would you like some help?
How can I assist you?
Do you need some help?
How can I help you?
What can I do for you today?
Let me help you?
Could I help you?
Do you want me to help you?
How can I be of assistance to

you?
Shall I ?
- What
Respond offering help
Receiving
Yes please, Sure,
Why not,
Ofcourse,
Certainly,
Id love to,
Its a good idea,
Thats great.
Refusing
No, thanks,
Please dont bother,
Id love to but,
Thats great but
Some ways to offering help for meals and drinks:
Would you like?,

Would you care for ?,
Why dont you have?,
How about having ?
May I offer you ?
Example:
Offering
- Would you like some bread?
Responses
Yes, please.
67
- Would you care for some coffee?

- Why dont you have some biscuit,
please?
No, thanks. I dont drink

coffee.
Thanks, Id love to.
2.Introducing your self and other people

Introducing your self
Id like to introduce
myself.
My I introduce myself?
Let me introduce
myself!
I want to introduce
myself
1. This is my friend, Jack.

my
my
my
my
my
my
my
my
my
Introducing people
Id like you to meet
(name)
This is my friend/boss/etc
(name)
Have you met(name)?
May I introduce you to
(name/occupation)
Let me introduce you to .
I want to introduce you to .
Hi Jack. I'm Linda
brother, Bob.
sister, Cindy.
father, Mr. Harris.
mother, Mrs. Harris.
teacher, Ms. Watson.
student, Carrie.
friend, Mary Jones.
boss, Mr. Ritter.
co-worker, Penny Pitcher.
2. Nice to meet you.
Pleased to meet you.

Very nice to meet you.
It's a pleasure to meet you.
Nice to meet you too.

Likewise.
And you.
How to introduce people (in formal situations)

Introducing yourself
I just wanted to introduce myself,
I don't believe we've met before,
I don't think we've actually met
formally yet,
my name is...
I'm...
68
Introducing someone else

I'd like to introduce you to
There's someone I'd like you to meet, this is
Have you met?
Exercises:
Complete the following conversation with the correct expressions in the
box.
Hi, Retno. My name is Adib.
this is Retno. Im Arnys.
Situation: Adib, Arnys, and Retno are new students. They
meet at the students orientation course.
Adib : Hi, Are you a new student?
Arnys : Yes, I am. By the way, are you a new student, too?
Adib : Im a new student too. 1) ______________________
Arnys : 2) _________________ Well, Adib, 3) __________________
She was my classmate in the Junior High School.
Adib : 4) ________________ Nice to meet you?
Retno : Nice to meet you too.
Adib : Anyway, we still have half an hour before the class starts.
Shall we go to the canteen?, Arnys?
Retno : Okay.
3.Greeting (memberi salam)

Greetings
morning
Goo
d
afterno
on
evening
sir
madam
Mr Jones
Mrs Smith
Language in the programme

How are you?
It's lovely to see you again!
It's been a long time, hasn't it?
How are things with you?
Examples of situations where you might use formal

greetings
Working in the service industry, e.g. a restaurant, hotel,
travel agent
Greeting someone older than you
At work, when speaking to your superiors
Meeting a VIP e.g. a politician
Being polite to someone you don't know very well
69
Expressions
Functions
Greeting someone
Good
morning/afternoon/evening.
(formal)
Hi!/Hello! (informal)
How are you, Den?

How are you doing
Asking how someone is
Im fi ne, thanks.
Very well, thanks.
Not so bad, thanks.
Saying how you are
See you.
Good bye.
Bye.
See you soon /later /tomorrow.
Saying good bye
Exercises:
Cultural Tips
Complete the dialogues below with correct
Meeting and Greeting in
expressions.
Australia
1) Arnys
:
Shake hands with everyone
Ruben
: Very well, thank you. present upon meeting and
2) Ayu
: Good evening.
before leaving.
Denias :
Allow women to offer their
3) Andi
: How are you doing?
hands fi rst.
Retno
:
Women generally do not
4) Adib
: See you tomorrow.
shake
hands
with
other
Virga
:
women.
5) Anita
: Hi!
Marcell :
4.Inviting (mengundang/mengajak)
Here are some phrases and expressions for inviting in English.
Do you want to . . .
Do you wanna . . . (informal)
Would you like to . . . (more polite)
How about (V+ing) ?
How would you like to . . .
lets + V1
Why dont we ?
70
Id like to invite you to

I wonder if youd like to
Some responds of inviting.

Refusing
-
Im sorry I cant
Id like to but
Im afraid I cant
No, lets not.
Receiving
- Id love to
- Id like very much
- Id be happy/glad to
accept
- Yes, Id be delighted to.
- Thats good ide
Polite invitations
Checking someone is not busy
Are you free on Friday?
Are you busy on Friday?
What are you doing on Friday?
Would you like...?
Would you like
...a chocolate bar?

...to come to my house for dinner?
I wondered / was wondering

I wondered
I was wondering
...if you'd like to come to my house for

dinner
Other expressions
I would very much like it if you could come along
Shall I bring a bottle?
5.Expressing Thanks (terimakasih)

Here are some sample phrases and sentences for expressing thanks.
Expressing
Responses
Thank you
Thank you very much
Thanks.
Thank you very much for (kata benda)
Im grateful for(kata benda/noun)
I appreciate it.
You are welcome.

Thats all right
Not at all
Dont mention it
Thets all right
Any time
71
Exercise
How would you express thanks in the following situations?
a) Someone just gave you a gift for your birthday.
(What do you say?)
Example: "Thank you so much. I really like it!"
b) Someone has just bought dinner for you.

c) Someone returned your lost wallet.
d) Someone helped carry your grocery bags.
e) Someone complimented you on your necktie.
6.Congratulations (ucapan selamat)

Ungkapan
Congratulations
Congratulations on
Id like to congratulate you.
Id like to congratulate you on
It was great to hear
It was to hear about.
Happy birthday to you.
Happy new year.
Good luck!
Have a nice holiday
Expression
Respon
Thank
Thank
you
Thank
Thank
you
you and the same to
you. I need it.
you very much.
Function
You look cute with that hat.
Complimenting
Congratulations!
Congratulating
Thank you for saying so.

Thank you.
Responding to compliments
and congratulations
Other expression
Expression
Function
Complimenting
What a !
Thats a very nice
I like your
Congratulations on winning Congratulating

Id like to congratulate you on
72
I must congratulate you on

your
Well done.
Thanks.
Oh, not really.
Its nice of you to say so.
How kind of you to say so.
Responding to compliments
and congratulations
Special Days - Social Language

It is common to use a special greeting used just for that occasion on
special days, holidays and other special occasions. Here are some of
the most common:
Birthdays
Happy birthday!
Best wishes / Good luck on your thirtieth (age - use an ordinal number)
birthday!
Many happy returns!
Wedding / Anniversary
Congratulations!
Best wishes / good luck on your tenth (number - use an ordinal number)
anniversary!
Here's to many more happy years together (used when making a toast)
Special Holidays
Merry Christmas!
Happy New Year / Easter / Hanukkah / Ramadan etc.
All the best for a happy New Year / Easter / Hanukkah / Ramadan etc.
When making special greetings to children on their birthday and at
Christmas, it is also common to ask them what they received:
Merry Christmas! What did you get from Santa Claus?
Happy Birthday! What did your Daddy get for you?
Special Occasions
Congratulations on your promotion!

All the best for your ...
I'm so proud of you!
7. Sympathy (menyatakan rasa simpati)

A. Expressing of sympathy on minor
a. Whats shame
73
b. Whats pity
c. Thats a nuisance
d. Thats too bad
e. Thats pity
f. Oh dear
B. Expressing of sympathy on serious accident

a. Goodness!
b. How terrible!
c. How Awful!
d. How dreadful!
C. Expressing of sympathy on personal circumstances

a. Im sorry to hear that
b. Im sorry about that
c. Im really sorry for them
d. Please accept my deepest sympathy
e. Send my deepest condolence!
f. Please accept my condolences!
8. Pleasure, Displeasure (senang & tidak senang)

Pleasure/senang
Displeasure/tidak
senang
Its really delightful/Iam delighted

Im satisfied
Thats great
Thats wonderful
Its really a great pleasure
Im dissatisfied
We are fed up with
I feel dosappointed
She is extremely
displeased
Other expressions
Expression Pleasure
a.
b.
c.
d.
Im so happy .
I feel .
How happy to
Im very pleasure with
e. Its a pleasure to
f. Pleasure
g. Great!
h. Terrific!
i. Im pleased.
j. I enjoyed it
Expression Displeasure
a. I feel
b. Im really sad to
c. .. feel unpleased with
.
d. I feel disappointed.
74
k. I love it.
l. It was terrifi c.
m. Im delighted.
9. Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction ( kepuasan,

ketidakpuasan)
Ketika kita akan mengungkapkan kepuasan atas kerja seseorang,
kita dapat gunakan ungkapan:
Well done!
Great! Good work
I am satisfied with your work
You did well
Your job is satisfactory
I am so happy about this
Im glad to what youve done
Its really satisfying
Katika kita akan mengungkapkan ketidakpuasan atas kerja
seseorang, kita dapat gunakan:
Im not satisfied with work
You havent done well enough
I am really dissappointed
Sorry, but your work is not satisfactory
Oh, no!
Its not very nice
Its really not good enough
Informal
Satisfaction
very pleased with
content with
satisfi ed with
very delighted with
situation
Dissatisfaction
displeased with
discontented with
dissatisfi ed with
disappointed with
Formal situation
Satisfaction
Dissatisfaction
Super!
Horrible!
Great!
Very sad!
Terrifi c!
Annoying!
Fantastic!
Disappointing!
Smashing!
Frustrating!
75
10.
Asking & Giving Opinion (meminta &
memberi pendapat)
Asking Opinion
Giving opinion
How was the trip?

How do you like your new house?
How do you think of Rinas idea?
How do you feel about this dicition?
What is your opinions of the movie?
What are your feelings about it?
I think (that).
In my opinion.
As I see,
If you ask me, I feel
Other examples
Those expressions are used to ask for opinions.
What do you think of this refrigerator?
So, do you think I should buy those florescent light bulbs?
Those expressions are used to give opinions.
I think the other ones better.
In my opinion, you should buy the florescent light bulbs.
Here are other expressions that you can also use:
Asking Opinion
Giving opinion
What is your opinion?

What do you think of...?
How do you feel about?
How do you see ?
I think
I believe
I feel
It seems to me
11.
Agreement/approval,
Disagreement/disapproval (setuju, tidak
setuju)
Ketika kita merasa sependapat dengan opini orang lain, kita bisa
mengatakan:
So do I
Yes, I agree
Yes, I agree with you
Thats quite true
It is certainly
Youre absolutely right!
Exactly
Im of exactly the same
Thats what I want to say
opinion
I think so
I am with you
I go along that line
I am on your side
76
I agree completely
That's true.
Absolutely.
Definitely.
Ketika kita merasa tidak sependapat

bisa mengatakan:
Well, I dont think so
I dont think that is true
I disagree with
I wouldnt say that
Exactly not
I cant say so
On contrary
I dont buy that idea
Im afraid I entirely disagree
I couldn't agree more.

I know what you mean.
I suppose youre right
dengan opini orang lain, kita
I cant agree
I dont think its very good
Surely not
I am sorry, but I have to

disagree
I couldnt agree less
Im not sure I can agree
Other expression of disagreeing

Useful vocabulary for disagreeing
no
I don't agree
that's not
true
I don't accept
that
Note: 'no' is usually followed by a statement

(see below)
(quite direct)
(quite formal)
Examples:
No, I don't think that's what happened.
No, that's not a good idea.
12.
Fear, Anciety (ungkapan ketakutan,
kegelisahan)
Fear
Respon
I am afraid
I am feared
I am scared
I am terrified
The sound is horrifying
Dont be afraid
There is nothing to be afraid of
It is nothing
Anciety
Respon
I am worried about
Take is easy
77
I am anxious to know about

I wondered if
That made me worried
I have been thinking about .
I am afraid if
Calm down
I know you are worried but
It is not a big deal
Dont worry
Stay cool
13.
Pain, Relief (ungkapan kesakitan,
kelegaan)
Pain
Relief
Ouch!
That was hurt
It is painful
It hurts me
Ive got a
backache/toothache/stomachache
I feel sore all over
My eyes hurt
Im very relieved to hear

Finally, it was over
I feel relieved
I feel much better
Im glad its over
Thats a great relief
Im extremely glad to
hear
Thank goodness for that
Marvellous
What a relief!
Other expressions
1. Expressions of Pain
I am suffering from a relapse.
I feel sick./I feel ill.
Im sick.
Ugh, its very painful!
Oh, its killing me!
2. Expressions of Relief
Its a relief to know that ....
Thank God for ....
Im glad it was done.
Thank goodness!
Thank heavens!
Im glad about !
Its a great relief!
Whew
14.
Like/Love & Dislike/Hate (suka/cinta &
tidak suka/benci)
78
Like
Dislike
I love it
I dont really like it
I like it
I dislike it
I am keen on it
I am not really interested in
I am crazy about it
I cant enjoy
We all enjoy
(benda/noun/gerund)is not my
(benda/noun/gerund)is my cup of tea
cup of tea
I cant stand
I hate it
Language for expressing likes
Subject
Adverb
Verb
Noun
(really)
don't like
can't stand
it
them
ice cream
Chinese food
playing football
watching TV
About the adverb 'really'.

This adverb as we have seen is very useful in making what you say
stronger. When talking about things you don't like though it can
have a different meaning depending on where you put it in the
sentence.
For example:
"I really don't like it!"
This means you have a strong dislike of something.
BUT
"I don't really like it."
This is not very strong. It means that you do not like something, but
it is not a very strong dislike.
Language for expressing likes
Subject
Adverb
I
(really)
Verb
Noun
Extra
like
love
it
them
ice cream
Chinese food
playing football
watching TV
a lot
79
15.
Embarrassment & Annoyance (Ungkapan
rasa malu, kejengkelan)
Embarrassment
Annoyance
I am embarrassed
I feel ashamed
Oh my God
Shame on me
I dont feel comfortable
I feel awkward
I am annoyed
I had enough with it
I cant bear it any longer
You made me annoyed
You are such a pain in the neck
You made me sick
There are some other expressions you can use to show your
annoyance.
Formal Situations
Informal Situations
Im extremely displeased with
really makes me mad.
is very irritating.
Why on earth he didnt ?
I cannot stand
Im extremely unhappy about

this.
There are some other expressions to show embarrassment, such as:
In Formal Situations In Informal Situations
Formal Situations
What an embarrassment!
I must say that its an
embarrassment.
Thats a real embarrassment.
16.
Informal Situations
What a shame!
Its my embarrassment to ...
I was so ashamed.
Request (permintaan)
Request
Acceptance
Refusal
Would it be possible
for you to
Would you be so kind
as to
Would you,please?
Would you mind ?
Any chance of
Can you?
I should be delighted
to come
By all means
I have no objection
Id be happy to
Sure
Yeah
OK
I regret to say that we

find ourselves unable to
go
Im afraid its not
possible
Im afraid not
Sorry
No, I wont
80
No problem
Mmm
Not likely
You must be joking
Granting Request
In the dialogue between Ayu and Palupi you fi nd the following
expressions:
Ayu
: Will you tell me about it?
Palupi : Sure, I will.
Ayu
: Lets try to make lepat sometimes.
Palupi : OK.
Sure, I will and OK are expressions to grant a request.
Here are other expressions that you can use:
Alright.
Certainly.
Right away.
Of course.
17.
Complaint, Blame
(keluhan,menyalahkan)
Complaint
Blame
Im not at all satisfied with the

service
I really do/must objec to the
service
I take great exception to
I want to complain about
This is crazy!
Youre the one to blame

Its your fault!
Its your mistake!
Youre wrong
I think you're the only person
who could have done it.
It's your fault for (doing
something).
There are a number of formulas used when complaining in English.

It's important to remember that a direct complaint or criticism in
English can sound rude or aggressive. It's best to mention a problem
in an indirect manner. Here are some of the most common:
I'm sorry to have to say this but...

I'm sorry to bother you, but...
Maybe you forgot to...
I think you might have forgotten to...
Excuse me if I'm out of line, but...
81
There may have been a misunderstanding about...
Don't get me wrong, but I think we should...
Expressing shocked disagreement

But that's
ridiculous!
unfair!
unreasonable!
A negative structure
It's
just
not fair to charge us for the

starters!
simply
18.
Regret, Apology (penyesalan, meminta
maaf)
Regret
Apology
Much to my regret
Sadly, I .
Unfortunately
Im terribly sorry
I honestly regret that I
Sorry, I
Please accept my apologies for

what I did
Please forgive me for what I did
I am extremely sorry
I really must apologies
May I offer you my sincerest
apologies?
Language for saying sorry

To emphasise how you
feel
Examples
I'm really sorry...
I'm really sorry, Pete, I didn't mean to lose your

book.
I'm so sorry...
I'm so sorry I forgot your birthday, Oliver!
To say why you're sorry
Examples
Sorry about...
Sorry about the mess. I'll clear up later.
Sorry for...
Sorry for taking your DVD.
To say sorry without using the words 'I'm sorry'!

82
I'd like to apologise for...
I'd like to apologise for the way I spoke to you

earlier.
Vocabulary around saying sorry

to apologise
to say sorry, to ask for forgiveness, to express regret
an exclamation
a word, phrase or sentence that is shouted out suddenly, often through
surprise or anger
to hurt someone's feelings
to make someone feel upset or unhappy
a misunderstanding
this can mean 'a small disagreement'
trouble
unhappiness, distress, worry or danger
a hard time
a difficult time
to be out of order (informal)
to be impolite or rude
19.
Possibility & Impossibility (kemungkinan
& ketidakmungkinan)
Menyatakan Kemungkinan Menanyakan Kemungkinan
I think there is possibility to Do you think he/it could?
I sassume/believe
Would you say were capable
In all probability,
of?
it is going to be possible for
Are you capable of?
me to
Are you able to?
that will probably
Do you have any experience of?
its quite possible
Can you?
Do you know how to?
Do you think you can?
Expressions for Discussing Possibilities
Would there be any possibility of ?
Do you think we are capable of ?
83
Would it be possible for (somebody) to ?

I think that would be possible ....
Is it possible to ?
Yes, there is a possibility ....
NOTE :
1. Several ways of indicating
possibility are:
Do you think we are capable of

.?
Is it possible for me to ?
Its possible that hell win the Are we capable enough to ?
game.
3.
Expressions
to
show
Theres a possibility of his winning
capability are :
the game/ that he will win the
game.
Im capable of doing it
possibly he hasnt heard the news I can do it
yet.
There is a chance that I can do it.
There is a good chance that ..
Im able to do it
There is a little chance that ..
I have the ability to do it.
It is impossible
4.
Expressions
to
show
Probably She is on the way
incapability are:
May be he needs more time
She might not be at home
I cant do it
Im not sure Im capable of doing
2. Expressions used to ask
it.
possibility or capability of I dont think I have the ability
I dont feel capable of doing it
doing something are:
I dont know how to do it.
Would there be any possibility of
..?
II. LANGUAGE USAGE

A. TENSES
TENSES
POLA
KET. WAKTU
Present Tense
V= (+) S+V (-s/es utk S he,she,it) Every
(Menyatakan
(-) S+Do/Does not + V
Usyally
kebiasaan hingga
Do utk S= I,you,they,we
Always dll
sekarang masih
Does utk S= he,she,it
dilakukan)
She goes to school everyday
She does not go to school
everyday
84
N= (+) S+ to be (am/is/are) +
adj/n/adv
She is beautiful
Present
V= (+) S+ to be (am/is/are)+V-ing
Continuous
She is not going to school
(Menyatakan
everyday
aktivitas yang
sedang
berlangsung pada
waktu bicara)
Now
At present
At this moment
To day
Present Perfect
(Menyatakan
perbuatan/tindaka
n yang terjadi
pada waktu yang
tidak tertentu di
masa lampau dan
pada saat
berbicara
perbuatan/tindaka
n tsb telah
selesai/baru aja
selesai dilakukan)
V= (+) S + have/has + V3
Have utk S= I,you,they,we
Has utk S= he,she,it
Father has gone to work for 12
hours
N= (+) S + have/has+Been +
adj/n/adv
Father has been at his office
since 12
hours ago.
Lately
Recently
For
Since
already
yet
lately
just
Past Tense
(Menyatakan
kegiatan yang
dilakukan pada
waktu lampau)
V= (+) S + V2
(-) S + did not + V
Did utk semua Subjek
N= (+) S + Be (was/were) +
adj/n/adv
Was utk S= I,he,she,it
Were utk S= you,they,we
Yesterday
Last
ago
Past Perfect
V= (+) S + had + V3
Tense
Had utk semua Sabjek (S)
(Menyatakan
N= (+) S + had been + adj/n/adv
aktivitas yang
telah selesai
dilakukan ketika
aktivitas lain
terjadi pada waktu
lampau)
Before/when +
S + V2
Past Perfect
Continuous
(Menyatakan
aktivitas yang
For + periode
waktu + when/
before + S + V2
V= (+) S + had been + V-ing
85
telah berlangsung
selama periode
waktu tertentu
ketika aktivitas
lain terjadi
diwaktu lampau,
aktivitas tsb masih
berlangsung)
Future tense
(Menyatakan
V= (+) S + will/shall + V
aktivitas yang
Will utk semua Sabjek (S)
akan dilakukan di
Shall utk S = I,we
waktu yang akan N= (+) S + will/shall +be +
datang)
adj/n/adv
Future
Continuous
(Menyatakan
aktivitas yang
akan sedang
berlangsung di
waktu yang akan
datang)
V= (+) S + will/shall + be + V-ing
Tomorrow
Next
At this time
tomorrow
At ten tomorrow
Future Perfect
(Menyatakan
V= (+) S + will/shall + have + V3 By + ket.waktu
aktivitas yang
N= (+) S + will/shall +have +been
akan telah selesai +adj/n/
dilakukan ketika
aktivitas lain
terjadi diwaktu
yang akan datang)
Future Perfect
Continuous
(Menyatakan
V= (+) S + will/shall +have+been
aktivitas yang
+ V-ing
akan telah sedang
berlangsung
selama waktu
tertentu ketika
aktivitas lain
terjadi di waktu
yang akan datang)
Past Future
Tense
V= (+) S + would/should + V
By + ket.waktu
Yesterday
86
(Menyatakan
N= (+) S + would/should + be +
perbuatan/keadaa adj/n/adv
n yang akan
datang
dilakukan/terjadi
diwaktu lampau.
Perbuatan tsb
sudah
direncanakan tapi
tidak terlaksana)
Past Future
Perfect Tense
V= (+) S + would/should + have
(menyatakan
+V3
suatu
N= (+) S + would/should +
pengandaian pada
have been + adj/n/adv
masa lampau,
sesuatu
seharusnya akan
telah terjadi pada
saat suatu syarat
terpenuhi)
Past Perfect
Continuous
(Menyatakan
perbuatan yang
seharusnya sudah
sedang
berlangsung di
suatu waktu di
masa lampau
tetapi
kenyataanya
gagal
berlangsung)
V= (+) S + would/should +
have been + V-ing
Last
Just now
If + simple past
If + past perfect
By + ket.waktu
Kita bisa mengenali setiap tensis dengan mengetahui ciri-ciri khusus

yang dimiliki setiap tensis:
Simple Present
V/do,does/am,is,are
Simple past
V2/did/was,were
Perfect
have/has/had + V3/been
Future/modal (present)
Future/modal (past)
will/shall/may/can/must + V/be
would/sould/might/could/had to + V/be
87
Continuous
Tobe + v-ing
Present
Past
Perfect
Future/modal
TO BE
Am, is, are
Was, were
Been
be
Contoh soal
1. Fred : Juda, the telephone rang twelve times. What were you doing?
Juda: I____ Javanese dancing, Srimpi.
a. practised
d. have been practising
b. was parctising
e. will be practising
c. have practised
Jawaban : B (Past Continuous Tense)
2. Dian : The Public Health Centre ____ there for more than twenty years.
The doctors and paramedis work hard to improve the peoples
health especially children.
Iwan : Yes, they are succesful. The infant/death rate has decreased
remarkably.
a. works
d. has been working
b. worked
e. will have worked
c. is working
Jawaban : D (Present Perfect Continuous = peristiwa yang
terjadi/dimulai pada waktu lampau dan sekarang masih
berlangsung. Ada tanda waktu for yang bisa dijadikan
ciri)
3. Devi : So you have finished washing the dished. When did you do it?
Sri : I did while you ____ the yard.
a. clean
d. were cleaning
b. cleaned
e. have been cleaning
c. had cleaned
Jawaban : D (Past Continuous tense = menyatakan suatu kegiatan
yang sedang berlangsung ketika kegiatan lain terjadi di waktu lampau.
Kata while bisa dijadikan ciri)
4. Retno : Why dont you reply my letter?
Hadi : Oh sorry. I forget to tell you that I ___ in Bali since last year.
a. am living
d. will have lived
b. was living
e. have been living
c. have to live
Jawaban : E (Present Perfect Continuous. Tanda waktu since dapat
dijadikan ciri)
88
5. Vina : When did you get the letter?

Fani : Yesterday. My family ____ when the postman arrived.
a. have lunch
d. will have had lunch
b. will have lunch
e. have been having lunch
c. were having lunch
Jawaban : C (Past Continuous tense biasa juga dipakai untuk
menyatakan kegiatan yang sedang dilakukan ketika kegiatan lain terjadi
pada waktu lampau.
When + simple past dapat dijadikan ciri)
Soal-Soal Latihan
1. If we dont hurry, the meeting ___ by the time we get there.
a. would have started
d. will start
b. will have started
e. starts
c. will be started
2. The librarian suddenly heard a noise.
Librarian : What was the noise?
Student : I dropped some books while I ____ them to the table.
a. carry
d. am carrying
b. carried
e. have carried
c. was carrying
3. Ann has been looking for a job for six month.
This sentence means that Ann ___.
a. has got a new job d. has stopped looking for a job
b. has worked for six months e. started to work 6 months a go
c. is still looking for a job
4. When airport are located in the center of citied, they ___ noise
pollution and distrub peoples life.
a. caused d. were causing
b. causes e. have caused
c. will cause
5. Agam : Where will we go next holiday?
Joko : What about Bali?
Agam : Thats OK, but I ____ there many times.
a. am d. will be
b. was e. will have been
c. have been
6. My father is still in Bali. He ____ there for three weeks.
a. is
d. has been
b. was
e. have been
89
c. had been
7. Anto : Im sorry Ary. I forget to bring your book.
Ary : What did he say Lina?
Lina : Anto said that he ___ to bring your book.
a. has forgotten d. forgets
b. had forgotten e. forgot
c. would forget
8. Teacher : Ive heard that Benny is ill. Is it right?
Student : Yes, sir. He ____ ill for a week.
a. was d. would be
b. has been e. will have been
c. had been
9. Teacher : You will be ready for a test next week. Learn all these.
Student : All right, sir. I ____ them by then.
a. learn d. will be learning
b. have learnt e. will have learnt
c. am learning
10.
Reni goes to her university every morning. She studies
business. You cant meet her at her house at 10.00 tomorrow. She ___
the lectures.
a. will be attending d. has attended
b. has been attending
e. attended
c. would be attended
B. DIRECT - INDIRECT (Reported Speech)
Ketika kita merubah kalimat langsung menjadi kalimat tidak
langsung, ada beberapa hal yang mengalami perubahan diantaranya
perubahan tenses, struktur kalimat, pronoun (kata ganti orang),
Possessive (kata ganti kepemilikan), keterangan waktu, dan tempat.
Perubahan pronoun dan possessive tergantung kepada sabjek dan
objek yang dipakai di kalimat langsung/tidak langsung.
Jika kalimat langsung adalah kalimat tanya maka ketika kalimat itu
diulang (kalimat tidak langsung) tidak membentuk kata tanya lagi
tetapi menjadi kalimat berita. Kata penghubungnya adalah if/whether
dan what, why, where, when, who, how. Begitu pula jika kalimat
langsung adalah kalimat perintah maka di kalimat tidak langsung
menjadi kalimat berita. Kata penghubungnya adalah (+) to
infinitive/V1, (-) not to infinitive/V1
Contoh Kalimat
90
Kalimat langsung/direct
Kalimat tidak langsung/indirect
(+) He said, I have a present for

(+) He said that he had a present
you in my bag.
for me in his bag.
(-) He said, I do not have a present (-) He said that he did not have a
for you in my bag
present for me in his bag.
(?) He asked, Do I have a present for (?) He asked me if/whether he
you in my bag?
had a present for me in his
(?) He asked me, Why do I have to
bag.
have a present for you in my
(?) He asked me why he had to
bag?
have a present for me in his
(!) He ordered/commanded me,
bag.
Bring my bag here now!
(!) He ordered/commanded me to
(!) He ordered me, Dont bring
bring his bag there then.
your bag here!
(!) He ordered me not to bring
my bag there.
Perubahan Tenses
Direct (kalimat langsung)
Simple Present
Present Continuous
Present Future
Present Perfect
Present Perfect Continuous
Simple Past
Past Continuous
Indirect (kalimat tidak

langsung)
Simple Past
Past Continuous
Past Future
Past Perfect
Past Perfect Continuous
Past Perfect
Past Perfect Continuous
Lebih singkatnya perubahan tenses tersebut adalah:

Direct
Indirect
V1 (eat)
V2 (ate)
Am/is/are
Do/does
Do/does not
Did not
Was/were
Am/is/are + V-ing
Was/were +V-ing
Has/have + V3
Will/shall/can/may/must
Could/might/should/would +
V1/be
V2 (ate)
Had + V3 (had eaten)
Was/were
Did
Did not
Had not + V3
Had been
Was/were + V-ing
Had been + V-ing
Had + V3
Would/should/could/might/had to
could/might/should/would + have+
V3/been
91
Perubahan Keterangan Waktu dan Tempat

Direct
Indirect
Now
Today
Tomorrow
Then
That day
The next day
The day after
The following day
Next
A day later
Last
The after
The following
ago
Thebefore
Yesterday
The previous
The preceeding
The day before yesterday before
Here
earlier
This
The day before
These
The previous day
The preceeding day
Two day before
There
That
those
Contoh Soal
1. Beckham : Did you know what Fingo said yesterday?
Raul
: Of course. He said ____ the previous day.
a. had gone to his country d. he went to his country
b. he has gone to his country e. he goes to his country
c. he will go to his country
Jawaban : A ( kalau kalimat langsung/direct simple past, indirect/tdk
langsung harus past perfect)
2. Teacher : Why was Mary absent yesterday?
Jenifer : What did the teacher want to know, Ferdy?
Ferdy
: he wanted to know ____
a. if Mary was absent d. that Mary had been absent
b. why Mary was absent e. why Mary had been absent
c. why was Mary absent
Jawaban : E (direct berbentuk Wh-question bentuk past tense jadi
indirec berbentuk past perfect)
3. Mother : Dont be so noisy, Herman. The baby is sleeping.
Herman : Okay, mom.
92
Rudy
: What did your mother just told you?
Herman : She told me ___ because the baby was sleeping.
a. I wasnt so noisy d. I am very noisy
b. not to be so noisy e. to be not so noisy
c. dont be noisy
Jawaban : B (direct: dont + be maka indirect: not + to be)
4.
Doctor : Open your mouth!

Mother : What did the doctor tell you?
Son
: The doctor told me ___
a. that I open his mouth d. to open my mouth
b. if I opened my mouth e. opened my mouth
c. to open my mouth
Jawaban : D (direct: V1 + O maka direct: to V1 + O)
5. Mother : Do you want meatballs or fried chicken?

Mother asked me ____
a. whether I wanted meatball or fried shicken
b. whether I want meatball or fried chicken
c. that I wanted meatball or fried chicken
d. that I want meatball or fried chicken
e. if I want meatball or fried chicken
Jawaban: A (direct: do/does + S +V1 maka indirect: if/whether
+ S + V2)
Soal-Soal Latihan
1. Head master : Why didnt you clean this room this morning?
Jani
: I am sorry. I got a headache.
The headmaster asked her why ___ the room this morning.
a. I hadnt cleaned d. he headnt cleaned
b. he does not clean e. he would not clean
c. he hasnt cleaned
2. Anto : I am sorry Lina. I forgot to bring your book.
Ari : What did he say, Lina?
Lina : Anto said to me that he ___ to bring my book.
a. has forgotten d. forgets
b. had forgotten e. forgot
c. would forget
3. Mother asked Mira to close the windows because it was windy outside.
Mother said, ___________
a. Mira closed the window. It is windy outside.
b. Closed the window, Mira. It is windy outside.
c. Mira closed the window. It was windy outside.
93
d. Does Mira close the window. It was windy outside.

e. To close the window Mira! It is windy outside.
4.
What are you doing now?, he asked.

He asked me ____
a. what are you were doing now d. what I was doing then.
b. what were you doing now. e. what I am doing now.
c. what I was doing then
5.
Is John coming to the party tonight?

yes, he asked me ____.
a. If he could go with us d. going with us
b. can he go with us e. wether he goes with us
c. he went with us
6.
My parents advised my sister ____ too much money on clothes.

a. do not spend d. not spending
b. not to spend e. not spend
c. did not spend
7.
The secretary asked me ___ with Mr. Slamet.

a. did I have an appointment d. when is my appointment
b. how was my appointment e. that I had an appointment
c. whether I had appointment
8.
dont make noise, children, she said.

a. She told the children dont make noise
b. She said the children didnt make noise
c. She didnt say the children should noise
d. She told the children not to make noise.
e. She didnt tell the children to make noise
9.
My friend said to me, Can I find you a hotel?. Mean____

a. My friend asked me if I could help him find a hotel.
b. I wondered if my friend could help me find a hotel.
c. My friend said that I could help him find a hotel.
d. My friend asked me to find a hotel for him.
e. My friend asked me whether he could help me find a hotel.
10.
Father said, Finish your work!

The indirect form is: Father told me ____
a. finish your work d. to finish your work
b. finished your work e. to finish my work
c. that I finish my work
94
C. PASSIVE VOICE (kalimat pasif)

Kalimat
passif
adalah
kalimat
dimana
subjek
dikenai
tindakan/pekerjaan, sedangkan kalimat aktif subjeklah yang melakukan
tindakan/pekerjaan.
Hal yang perlu diperhatikan dalam merubah aktif ke pasif adalah:
Yang dapat dijadikan kalimat passive adalah Verbal Sentence
(kalimat yang predikatnya kata kerja/V)
Verbal sentence yang dapat dirubah ke Passive Voice (kalimat pasif)
adalah kalimat yang memiliki objek penderita.
Perubahan aktif ke pasif atau sebaliknya tidak merubah makna
kalimat. Perubahan iti terjadi hanya pada struktur kalimatnya saja.
Ciri kalimat pasif/passive voice adalah to be + V3 dan kata by (kata
ini bukan merupakan syarat yang harus ada dalam kalimat pasif )
Contoh : (Aktive) Bajuri loves Oneng
S
P/V1
O
(Passive) Oneng is loved by Bajuri.
S
P/V3
(Active) I bought a new motorcycle last week.
(passive) A new motorcycle was bought by me last week
Rumus Pola aktif-pasif untuk semua tenses
Tenses
Active
Passive
Simple Present
Simple Past
S + V1
S + V2
Present Continuous
Present perfect
continuous
Past Continuous
Past Perfect
Continuous
Future Continuous
Future Perfect
Continuous
Past Futurre
Continuous
Past Future Perfect
Continu
S + am/is/are + V-ing S + am/is/are + being +

S + have/has + been + V3
V-ing
S + have/has +been +
S + was/were + V-ing being +V3
S + had + been + V-ing S + was/were + being +
S + will/shall + be + V- V3
ing
S + had + been + being +
S + will + have + V-ing V3
S + would + be + VS + will/shall + be + being
ing+
+ V3
S +would
S + will +have+been+
+have+been+V-ing
being +V3
S + would + be + being +
V3
S +would+have+been+
being+V3
Simple Perfect
Past Perfect
S + have/has + V3
S + had + V3
S + am/is/are + V3
S + was/were + V3
S + have/has + been + V3
S + had + been + V3
95
Simple Future
Past Future
Modal (present)
Modal (past)
S + will/shall + V1
S + will/shall + be + V3
S + would/should + V1 S + would/should + be +
S + may/can/must + V1 V3
S + might/could/had to S + may/can/must + be +
+ V1
V3
S + might/could/had to +
be + V3
Jadi lebih singkatnya ciri kalimat pasif/passive voice selain by + O adalah

Present
am/is/are + V3
Past
was/were + V3
Perfect
been + V3
Continuous
being + V3
Future/modal
be + V3
Contoh Soal
1. A : Look! The girl is crying. What happened to her just now?
B : While playing with her brother, she ____
a. kicks
d. was kicking
b. kicked
e. was kicked
c. will kick
Jawaban : E (simple past: S + was/were + V3)
2. A : Do you know the result of the test?
B : Not yet. The announcement ____ twice.
a. was postponed
d. has to be postponed
b. was being postponed
e. has been postponed
c. will be postponed
Jawaban : A (konteks kalimat adalah simple past)
3. Mela : Why do you prefer Surya Depstore to others?
Noni : Because the items ____ at a reasonable price.
a. is sold
d. were sold
b. are sold
e. had been sold
c. was sold
Jawaban: B (konteks kalimat adalah simple present. Karena subjek
items jamak maka to be yang sesuai adalah are)
4. X : Theres no longer a rule for the youth to enter military service in
Britain.
Y : Really, when.?
a. was it abolishing
d. was it to abolish
b. did it abolish
e. to be abolished
c. was it abolished
96
Jawaban: C (pola pasif introgative simple past: was/were + S + V3)

5. Dita : When did the accident happen?
Dini : When the goods ____ from the truck.
a. have been unloaded
d. will be unloaded
b. were being unloaded
e. are unloaded
c. are being unloaded
Jawabab: B (pola pasif past continuaou tense: S + was/were +
being + V3)
Soal-Soal Latihan
1. R.A. Kartini ____ in Jepara in 1879.
a. is born
d. would be born
b. was born
e. has been born
c. will be born
2. The books in the library ___ in alphabetical order.
a. is arranged
d. have arranged
b. was arranged
e. has arranged
c. have been arranged
3. A big dam ___ in this area next year.
a. will build
d. has been built
b. will be built
e. is being built
c. would be built
4. We cant swim in the swimming pool now because it ___.
a. was being cleaned
d. will clean
b. is being cleaned
e. cleaned
c. has been cleaned
5. They had just been living in the house for two years when it ___ by
the fire.
a. destroyed
d. will be destroyed
b. had destroyed
e. is being destroyed
c. was destroyed
6. She looks after the baby well.
The passive form is ____
a. the baby is well looked after
b. the baby was looked after well
c. the baby will be well looked after
d. the baby is being looked after well
e. the baby would be well looked after
97
6. Everybody knew that he had shown great loyalty to the company,

therefore
he ____ a big sum of money at the anniversary of the company.
a. rewarded
d. is being rewarded
b. was rewarded
e. has been rewarded
c. will be rewarded
8. At the moment the old building ____ to make space dor a parking
lot.
a. demolishing
d. had been demilishing
b. is being demolished
e. is demolishing
c. was being demolishing
9. Sita is waiting for her birthday party dress because she ____ a new
one by her mother.
a. has promised
d. has been promising
b. will be promised
e. was being promised
c. will be promised
10. As the victem was badly hurt in the car accident, he ____ to the
nearest hospital.
a. will be taken
d. was taken
b. is being taken
e. took
c. has been taken
D. DEGREES OF COMPARISON (tingkat perbandingan)
Terdiri dari 3 tingkatan, yaitu:
1. Positive (tingkat biasa)
S + tobe + adjective/k.sifat
contoh:
Jojon is handsome
Gogon is clever
2. Comparative (tingkat perbandingan)
S + tobe + more/-er + adjective
+ than
contoh:
Jojon is more handsome than Aming
Bajuri is cleverer than Oneng
3. Superlative (tingkat palinga)
S + tobe + the most/-est + noun
phrase
Contoh:
Jojon is the most handsome
Bajuri is the cleverest person
98
Catatan
a. Adjective/kata-kata sifat yang bersuku kata dua/lebih harus
diawali kata more pada kalimat perbandingan/comparative
dan the most pada kalimat tingkat paling/superlative.
Contoh:
beautiful
more beaitiful
the most
beautiful
b. Beberapa kata harus dibentuk dengan cara tidak beraturan
pada comparative dan superlative.
Contoh:
bad
worse
worst
good
better
best
much
more
most
c. Adjective/kata-kata sifat yang bersuku kata satu/dua yang
berakhir dengan akhiran -er/-r pada kalimat
perbandingan/comparative dan -est/-st pada kalimat tingkat
paling/superlative adalah:
1. Kata yang berakhir dengan 2 konsonan / 1 konsonan
yang didahului dengan 2 vokal.
Contoh: rich
richer
richest
deep
deeper
deepest
2. Kata yang berakhir dengan 1 konsonan yang dudahului
oleh 1 vokal. Dalam perubahannya konsonan tersebut
digandakan sebelum diberi akhiran er dan est.
Contoh:
big
bigger
biggest
3. Kata yang berakhir dengan e dalam perubahannya
hanya diberi akhiran r dan st.
Contoh:
large
larger
largest
4. Kata yang berakhir dengan y yang didahului konsonan
dalam perubahannya huruf y tersebut berubah menjadi
i. Tetapi jika y tsb didahului vokal maka aturan tersebut
di atas tidak berlaku.
Contoh:
easy
easier
easiest
coy
coyer
coyest
5. Kata yang terdiri dari dua suku kata yang berakhiran
some, -ow, -le, -er.
Contoh:
clever
cleverer
cleverest
E. QUESTION TAGS
Merupakan bentuk pertanyaan berekor yang fungsinya untuk
mempertegas suatu pertanyaan.
Contoh : Pok Ati is a beautiful woman, isnt she?
My husband didnt go to Bandung last week, did he?
a) Jika statement adalah kalimat verbal maka question tag-nya
dibentuk menurut kaidah kalimat verbal yaitu ada kata kerja
bantu/modal yang dipakai seperti: do/does, did, have/has, had,
will, shall, can, may, dll. Begitu pula jika statement adalah kalimat
99
nominal maka question tag-nya pun dibentuk menurut kaidah

kalimat nominal yaitu ada kata kerja to be yang dipakai seperti:
am/is/are, was/were, dll.
b) Jika statement (+) maka question tag (-) dan sebaliknya
F. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (kalimat pengandaian)
Conditional sentence terdiri dari anak kalimat (sub clause) dan induk
kalimat (mean clause) dimana bentuk tenses yang di pakai pada
keduanya berbada.
Induk kalimat biasanya diawali dengan kata if. Jika anak kalimat
mendahului induk kalimat maka setelah anak kalimat ada koma (,).
Ada 3 tipe conditional sentence :
1. Future Conditional (type 1)
Kalimat yang diucapkan dan kenyataan yang sebenarnya tidak

bertolak belakang. Apa yang diucapkan, itulah yang diharapkan.
Kemungkinan harapan terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah ada (bukan
imajinasi) tapi kalau syarat terpenuhi.
Contoh: If I have much money, I will buy a new car.
(jika saya punya uang, saya akan membeli mobil baru)
Pola : If + simple present
+ simple future/modal
S + V1
S + will/shall/can/must/may + V1
S + am/is/are
S + will shall/can/must/may + be
2. Present Conditional (type 2)
Kalimat yang diucapkan bertolak belakang dengan kenyataan yang
sebenarnya di masa sekarang. Kalau kalimatnya (+), maka
makna/meaning-nya (-) dan sebaliknya. Kemungkinan harapan
terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah tidak ada (hanya imajinasi saja).
Contoh : (+) If I had time, I would go to the beach with you.
(Saya sebenarnya tidak punya waktu sekarang ini sehingga
tidak bisa pergi)
Pola: If + simple past
+
past future/modal
V2
would/should/could/had to/might + V1
Was/were
would/should/could/had to/might + be
Di tipe ini hanya were saja yang dipakai.
3. Past Conditional (type 3)
Kalimat yang digunakan untuk menyatakan kewajiban/kegiatan yang
dilakukan dimasa lampau, tetapi tidak dilakukan/ tidak terpenuhi.
Kalimat ini diucapkan bertolak belakang dengan kenyataan yang
sebenarnya di masa lalu. Kalau kalimatnya (+), maka makna/meaning
yang disampaikan (-) dan sebaliknya.
Kemungkinan harapan terpenuhi di tipe ini adalah tidak ada (hanya
imajinasi saja)
100
Contoh : (+) If I had known you were there, I would have written you
a letter.
( Jika saya tahu waktu dulu kamu berada di sana, saya sudah mengirim
surat padamu- ini bermakna saya tidak mengirim surat karena saya
tidak tahu kamu berada di sana)
Pola: If + past perfect +
past future perfect/modal perfect
Had + V3
would/should/could/had to/might + have +
V3
Had been
would/should/could/had to/might + have
been
G. RELATIVE PRONOUNS (kata ganti penghubung)
Relative Pronoun adalah kata yang digunakan untuk mengantikan
salah satu pokok kalimat/bagian kalimat lainnya yang menghubungkan
dua buah kalimat menjadi satu kalimat majemuk (complex sentence).
Kata-kata yang digunakan sebagai penghubung yaitu: who, whom,
whose, which, of which.
Rumus Umum :
Jabatan dalam kalimat
orang
benda
Subjek
Who/that
Which/that
Objek
Whom/that Which/that
Kepunyaan (possesseve) whose
Of which
1. Who/that: yang
Digunakan utk pengganti orang sbg subjek
Contoh: We know a lot of people.
They live in Jakarta
S
O
S
We know a lot of people who live in Jakarta
(They = a lot ao people, jabatan dalam kalimat subjek,)
2. Whom/that: yang
Digunakan untuk pengganti objek
Contoh: The girl feel in love with the man.
I met him last week.
S
O
S
O
The girl feel in love with the man whom I met last week.
(him = the man, jabatan sebagai objek)
3. whose: yang punya
Digunakan untuk mengganti kata ganti kepunyaan: my, your, our, his,
their, its, her.
Contoh: We saw the people. Their car has been stolen.
S
O
possessive
We saw the people whose car had been stolen.
(their car = mobilnya orang-orang. Orang yang dimaksud = the
people)
101
4. which/that
Digunakan untuk mengganti kata benda/binatang sebagai subjek
Contoh: I dont like the stories.
They are printed in English.
S
I dont like the stories that/which are printed in English.
(they = the stories/cerita adalah kata benda yg kedudukannya sebagai
S)
My mother loves a red car very much.
I bought it last year.
O
O
My mother loves a red car which/that I bought last year very
much
( it = a red car, sebuah benda, jabatan sebagai objek)
5. Of which
Digunakan untuk mengganti kata ganti kepunyaan/possessive untuk
benda/binatang.
Contoh: I sent the table back to the store.
Its surface is not
smooth.
Possessive
I sent the table of which surface is not smooth back to the
store.
(its surface/permukaannya meja. Meja yg dimaksud the table)
6. Where
7. When
H. SUBJUNCTIVE WISH
Subjunctive/angan-angan digunakan untuk
menyatakan/mengungkapkan harapan yang tidak dapat terpenuhi.
Future
Rumus : S + wish + S + could/would +
V/be
Contoh : I wish you would stop saying that.
(saya berharap kamu akan berhenti mengatakan itu)
I wish she would come to my party to night
(saya berharap dia akan dapat datang ke pesta saya
minggu ini)
Present
Rumus : S + wish + S + V2/were
Contoh : I wish you were old enough to marry me.
(saya berharap sekarang ini umurmu cukup tua untuk
menikahi saya)
102
They wish they didnt have to go to school today.

(mereka berharap sekarang ini mereka tidak harus pergi
sekolah)
Past
Rumus : S + wished + S + had V3/could have
V3
Contoh : She wished she had had more time last night.
(saya berharap tadi malam dia punya banyak waktu)
I. CAUSATIVE HAVE/GET
Causative have dan get digunakan untuk menyatakan suatu
pekerjaan yang dilakukan orang lain untuk si Subjek. Causative have
berarti menyuruh/memerintahkan seseorang melakukan sesuatu,
sedangkan causative get berarti meminta (dengan persuasif)
seseorang melakukan sesuatu.
Rumus Active
S + have/has/had + Object + V1 + Object
S + get/gets/got + Object + to V1 + Object
Contoh :
(1). She has the shoemaker mend her shoes
S
Someone/O
V1 something/O
(Dia menyuruh Pembuat sepatu memperbaiki sepatunya)
O
V1
O
(2). I had mechanic repair my car.
(saya menyuruh mekanis memperbaiki mobil saya
Contoh :
(1). She gets the shoemaker to mend her shoes.
(Dia meminta Pembuat sepatu memperbaiki sepatunya)
(2). I got the mechanic to repair my car.
(saya meminta mekanis memperbaiki mobil saya)
Rumus Passive
S + have/has/had + O + V3
S + get/gets/got + O + V3
Contoh
(1). The manager has the letter typed.
O
V3
(Menejer menyuruh surat itu ditik)
(2). The manager gets the letter typed.
(Menejer meminta surat itu ditik)
103
J. GERUND
Gerund adalah kata kerja yang dibendakan/ kata benda yang
dibentuk dari kata kerja yang diberi akhiran ing (V-ing). Gerund
digunakan bila:
1. Verb/kata kerja sebagai subjek.
Contoh: Swimming is a good sport.
Jogging makes us fresh.
2. Verb sebagai complement/pelengkap.
Contoh : My hobby is cycling.
3. Setelah kata depan/preposition seperti for, on, before dll.
Contoh : I am sorry for coming late.
Before leaving, he said nothing.
4. Setelah istilah khusus seperti no use, to be worth, to be busy, cant
help/cant bear,to be used to, get used to.
Contoh :
It is no use studying without practicing.
5. Setelah possessive adjective (my,your, his,her,our,their,Amirs, dll)
Contoh :
His staring frigtens me.
6. Kata kerja/V setelah kata kerja tertentu
Admit
Appreciate
Claim
Cant help
Resume
Consider
Avoid
Delay
Deny
Risk
Enjoy
Finish
Quit
Resist
Siggest
Mind
Miss
Postpone
Practice
Advise
Recall
Regret
Report
Recent
resist
Contoh : We enjoy seeing them again after so many years.

K. PREFERENCES (pilihan/kesukaan)
Menyukai A ketimbang B
1.
S + prefers + noun/V-ing + to +
noun/V-ing
Contoh:
- Dona prefers dancing to singing.
(Dona lebih menyukai menari ketiumbang menyanyi)
- Juned prefers combro to deblo.
(Juned lebih menyukai combro ketimbang deblo)
2.
S + like + noun/V-ing + better than +
noun/V-ing
Contoh:
- I like T.V better than radio.
- Kokom likes reading better than watching T.V.
104
3.
S + would rather + V1 + than + V1
Contoh:
- Dita would rather watch T.V . than plays a video game.
(Dita lebih menyukai nonton T.V ketimbang main video game)
4.
S + would prefer + to V1 + rather
than + V1
Contoh:
- Ayu would prefer to phone me rather than send SMS.
(Ayu lebih menyukai menelpon saya ketimbang mengirim SMS)
L. CONNECTORS (Kata Penghubung)
Connectors digunakan untuk menggabungkan dua kalimat/lebih
menjadi satu kalimat. Connectors dibagi menjadi 3, yaitu:
1. Menunjukan waktu: before, after, as soon as, while, when.
a. We went home after the rain stopped.
b. I prepare my ticket and passport before I go on holiday to
Paris.
c. I started to look for an apartment as soon as I arrived in this
city.
d. While he was reading her novel, somebody knocked on the
door.
e. I was really sad when I saw a drama movie.
2. Menunjukan sebab dan akibat: because/because of, since.
a. I went to the hospital because I had a serious accident.
b. I went to the hospital because of my serious accident.
c. Since I have no money, I cant treat you.
3. Menunjukan tanda urutan: first, next, then, after that, finally.
a. first, we must prepare the ingredients.
b. Next, we cut the vegetables into small pieces.
c. After that, we put them into frying pan.
d. Finally, we put some sauce and salt.
M. CONJUNCTIONS (Kata Sambung)
Kata sambung adalah kata yang digunakan untuk menyambung dua
kalimat/kata-kata.
1. Kata sambung yang berdiri sendiri seperti: and, or, but, for,
although/though, that, if, dll.
Contoh: - You can read this book if you like.
(kamu dapat membaca buku ini jika kamu mau)
- I went to your house but you werent at home.
(saya pergi ke rumahmu tapi kamu tidak ada di rumah)
- Amir and I go to school everyday.
105
(Amir dan saya pergi ke sekolah setiap hari)

- Although it was raining, he come on time.
(walaupun hujan dia datang tepat waktu)
2. Kata sambung yang berpasangan seperti:
bothand (dan juga.)
not onlybut also (tidak hanyatetapi juga)
eitheror (.maupun)
neithernor (tidakdan tidak)
Contoh: - He is both wise and good.
(dia bijaksana dan juga baik)
- He is not only active but also clever.
(dia tidak hanya aktif tetapi juga pintar)
- Factory pollutions have polluted either land or water in our
environment.
(Polusi pabrik telah mencemari tanah maupun air di lingkungan
kita)
- The research is neither intersting nor accurate
(Penelitian itu tidak menarik dan tidak akurat)
N. ELLIPTIC CONSTRUCTION
Kalimat elip merupakan pemendekan dari dua kalimat/lebih dengan
cara menghilagkan beberapa bagian kalimat yang memiliki kesamaan
arti asalnya. Kalimat elip digunakan untuk menghindari adanya
pengulangan kata yang sama dalam suatu kalimat.
1.
Elliptical Sentences with TOO, SO and BOTH.

a.
We use TOO for a positive sentence and it goes at the end
of the sentence.
Example:
Andre is busy, and I am too.
Nina studies hard day and night, and you do too.
Ivan went to the music show, and Dina did too.
Tasya has a lot of money in the bank, and Ayik does
too.
b.
We use SO for a positive sentence and it goes at the
beginning of the sentence.
Example
I am hungry, and so is Jack.
I learn English, and so does Reza.
I have had breakfast, and so has Maryam.
You saw that accident this morning, and so did I.
c.
We use BOTH to talk about two things or persons.
Example:
Ms. Hulai has two children. Both are diligent.
This house has two doors. Both are made of wood.
106
Last month Budi went to Jakarta and Bandung. He likes both

cities.
2.
Elliptical Sentences with EITHER, NEITHER, and BUT.
a.
We use EITHER for a negative sentence and it goes at the
end of the sentence.
Example:
I dont like horror films, and Chika doesnt either.
Alle didnt come yesterday, and Firda didnt either.
You cant swim, and I cant either.
b.
We use NEITHER for a negative sentence and it goes at the
beginning of the sentence.
Example:
I did not come to the party last night, and neither did Revo.
Wawan cant finish the homework, and neither can Vina.
My father doesnt like spicy food, and neither do I.
c.
We use BUT to show the opposite.
Example:
I dont like coca-cola, but Rian does.
Rangga will go home, but I wont.
Wishi can dance, but Fauzan cant.
107
Exercise 1
Make elliptical construction from the following sentences.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The boy did the test very well, and Bintang ________________.
It was a good football match. ______________ teams played well.
My mom can drive a car, _________ I cant.
He shouldnt try to repair the printer himself and _____________________ you.
This car costs 120 million Rupiahs, and _______________ his car over there.
There are two pictures on the wall. I like _____________ of them.
Indonesia is struggling to recover from economic crisis and _____________________
some other Asian countries.
8.
Arsenal team has lost three matches, and Manchester United team
_____________________.
9.
Those trousers are not too expensive, and ______________________ these ones.
10.
She has a large collection of rare stamps, and ____________________ one of my
brothers.
11.
He doesnt have to go there, but I _________________
12.
The enemy soldiers fired continuously at us, and ____________________ their
tanks.
13.
He had enough money to buy the car, and his twin brother
_________________________.
14.
They were in such a hurry that they had to skip lunch, and
_________________________ we.
15.
The first plan doesnt work, and the other back up plans _____________________.
16.
The detective has searched everywhere for the missing boy, and
____________________ the police.
17.
The new BMW cant run too fast, and his Mercedes ___________________
18.
Inem doesnt like working hard, and Inah ___________________
19.
Those people are looking for a cheap hotel, and we ____________________
20.
Stella hasnt finished her dinner and ___________________ her children.
21.
I saw the thief trying to break into Mr. Browns house, but he _________________
22.
Christ doesnt really like rock music, but his brothers ___________________
23.
She wont buy such an outdated skirt, but Jenny ____________________
24.
She never loves me, and her family _____________________
25.
I can hardly remember your name, and she ___________________
26.
You seldom come here, and ____________________ I.
27.
I barely know what you meant, and my brother ____________________
28.
She rarely has time to go out on Sunday evening and I _________________.
29.
I have tried to finish the report, and ________________he.
30.
He doesnt love me anymore, _____________ I do.
Exercise 2
Choose the best answer.
1.
The students often discuss a matter seriously, and so _________ the teacher.
a. is
b. do
c. does
d. has
2.
The chairman of the organization did not attend the meeting, and ______________
a. the secretary did not either
c. neither didnt the secretary
b. the secretary did too
d. so did the secretary
3.
I saw her this morning. ________.
a. so had I
b. so did I
c. so I did
d. I did so
4.
Because of the rain, the teacher couldnt come on time and ____________.
a. I neither could
c. I could not either
b. neither did I
d. so didnt I
5.
I cant hear anything. ____________.
a. so can I
b. neither can I
c. either cant I
d.
I cant too
6.
I didnt like the film that we saw.____________.
a. so didnt I
b. I didnt too
c. I didnt either
d.
neither I didnt
7.
I dont like the food; it is too salty.____________.
a. I dont too
b. I dont neither c. I dont either
d. neither dont
I
8.
If you can do that job, ____________.
a. so can I
b. so I can
c. I can either
d. either
can I
9.
No bookstores in the town are open today._____________.
a. the grocery stores dont either
c. neither do the grocery stores
b. the grocery stores arent either
d. the grocery stores are too
10.
Tom didnt go to school yesterday, and ____________.
a. so didnt
I
b. I didnt too
c. I didnt either
d.
neither didnt I
11.
Afifa : My brother has just bought a new motorcycle.
Saras
: What a coincidence, ______________.
a. so did my brother
c. my brother has too
b. my brother does too
d. so does my brother
12.
_____________.
Neither does she.
a. I sew my own clothes
c. I sew my own clothes
b. she cannot sew her own clothes
d. I dont sew my own clothes
13.
I think this room is very cozy._____________.
a. so does my bedroom
c. so did my bedroom.
b. so was my bedroom
d. so is my bedroom
14.
She doesnt speak Chinese, and _________.
a. neither cant I
b. neither can I
c. either cant I
d. I can
either
15.
I like bright colors._____________.
a. I do so
b. I do either
c. so do I
d. either do I
16.
We dont have to return the book tomorrow, but he___________.
a. has
b. do
c. does
d. have
17.
Did Lucy come to the OSIS meeting yesterday afternoon?
Yes, she did, but Setha_______
a. doesnt
b. hasnt
c. dont
d. didnt
18.
Everyone laughed at his jokes, ______________.
a. but the teacher isnt
c. but the teacher did
b. and so did the teacher
d. and the teacher didnt either
19.
Reza agreed that everybody had to pay Rp. 300.000,- for the study tour to
Bandung, _______.
a. neither did I
b. I didnt either
c. so did I
d. I didnt too
20.
Zahras mother can speak English well, __________.
a. but my mother cant
c. my mother can so
b. neither can my mother
d. but my mother can
21.
My uncle doesnt smoke, ___________.
a. and father doesnt too
c. and so does father
b. and neither does father
d. and so doesnt father
22.
His shop was burnt down, and _________ his car that was parked near by.
a. either was
b. neither was
c. so was
d. was too
23.
I havent watched Kung-fu Panda. I heard the movies good.____________.
a. so have I
b. I havent too
c. neither have I
d. I have
either
hermiyanto_i@yahoo.co.id
109
24.
I think that my mother will be interested in reading this novel, but __________.
a. my father didnt
c. my father wont
b. my father cant
d. my father isnt
25. I wonder if your sister likes seafood.
Oh, she _________.
a. does
b. is
c. did
d. was
26.I dont think Lala knows anything about computer.
But she ____________. She took a computer course last year.
a. knows
b. know
c. is
d does
27. Ayu is interested in literature, and so is Hilda.
The sentence means:_______________
a. Ayu is interested in literature, but Hilda is not.
b. Both Ayu and Hilda are interested in literature
c. Neither Ayu nor Hilda is interested in literature
d. Hilda is not interested in literature, but Ayu is
28.She can hardly remember me._____________.
a. but her sister doesnt
c. her sister can too
b. so is her sister
d. but her sister can
29.May: My father has strong coffee in the morning.
July: ____________
a. So has my uncle.
c. My uncle did too.
b. So does my uncle.
d. My uncle is too.
30.Nissa : I am sorry. I came late to you party. What about Susi?
Rizal : ________________
a. She was too.
c. So is she.
b. She did too.
d. So does she.
TENSES
TENSES
Simple
Present
Tense
Present
Continu
os Tense
Present
Perfect
Tense
FUNGSI
Menyatakan
kebiasaan yang
masih berlangsung
hingga sekarang.
Menyatakan
kebenaran umum.
Menyatakan suatu
kegiatan yang
sedang
berlangsung
sekarang.
Menyatakan suatu
kegiatan yang
telah selesai
dilakukan.
Menyatakan
kejadian yang
berulang-ulang.
Menyatakan suatu
kegiatan yang baru
saja selesai setelah
POLA
S + V1/s, es + O
KETERANGAN WAKTU
Everyday/morning/week/m
onth/year, often, usually,
Do/does + S + V1 + O ? generally, never, alaways,
twice/three times a week.
S + dont/doesnt +V1 Etc.
+O
S + is/am/are + Ving +
O
S + have/has + V3 + O
Now, at present, at this

moment, today.
for ten years, for five

hours, for three weeks,
for three times, etc.
since last week, since
four days ago, since last
month, since 7 oclock,
since 2003, etc.
already, just, yet
110
Simple
Past
Tense
Future
tense
periode waktu
tertentu.
Menyatakan suatu
kegiatan yang
dilakukan dimasa
lampau.
Menyatakan suatu
kegiatan yang akan
dilakukan di waktu
yang akan datang.
S + V2 + O
Did +S + V1 + O?
S + didnt + V1 + O
S + will + V1 + O
S + is/am/are going to
+ V1 + O
Yesterday, last week, last

month, last year, three
days ago, two hours ago, in
1999, etc.
Tomorrow, next month,
next year, next week,
tonight, etc.
Examples:
The students always leave early for school.
Mr. John is reading in the library now.
He has just talked to me about it.
I have lived in this city since 1998.
Exercise 1
Choose the suitable word in the bracket
1.
The Setiawan family (has come) (came) to Bandung eleven years ago.
2.
Im sorry. I (didnt finish) (havent finish) my homework.
3.
The town (has had) (had ) two big snowstorms last year.
4.
Maya and Sasa (have made) (has made) (made) friend for four years.
5.
We (will sell) (sell) (have sold) the rest of the souvenirs tomorrow.
6.
I finally finished reading the book. At the moment, Fariz (reads) (is reading) (has
read) the book.
7.
The swimmers (havent completed) (hasnt completed) (arent completing)
(didnt complete) the race yet.
8.
We havent seen each other (since) (for) a long time.
9.
You look confused. (Are you understand) (Do you understand) what I said?
10.
Last night I came home, cooked dinner, and (watched) (watch) (have watched)
TV.
11.
(Have you sent) (Did you send) (Are you going to send) the e-mail? We need a
quick response.
12.
That man (has given) (gave) (gives) (will give) his dedication to the school for
30 years.
13.
Does Pamela (has) (have) (had) eight brothers and sisters?
14.
Deer (like) (liked) salt and they are attracted to blocks of salt which people
leave in their yards.
15.
I usually (will begin) (begin) (began) the day with a jog around the field.
16.
I (saw) (have seen) (see) the movie before, but I am going to watch it this
weekend.
17.
My classmates (visit) (is going to visit) (are going to visit) (have visited) (has
visited) (visited) my uncle next holiday.
18.
Sam (will have) (is having) (had) (has) an accident when he was crossing the
street. He broke his leg.
19.
Tomorrow is my parents wedding anniversary. I (buy) (bought) (am buying)
(have bought) (will buy) lovely Batik for them tonight.
20.
Turn off the TV and dont speak loudly, please! The baby (sleeps) (has slept)
(slept) (is sleeping).
Exercise 2
Write the correct tense of verbs in the parentheses in the following
sentences
111
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Mr. Adam always (come) to class on time.

Mother (come) to stay with us next weekend.
He usually (write) in blue ink.
We (go) to the theater last Sunday.
At present, Mr. Kadir (write) a long novel about the war for independence.
Listen! I think the telephone (ring).
Right now Fauzan (do) the homework. He (start) doing it an hour ago.
Last night I (go) to a party. When I (get) there, the room was full of people, some
of them were dancing and others were talking..
9.
Megan (be) to Pangandaran for five times.
10.
Your shoes look shining. (you, polish) them with a wax before leaving home this
morning?
11.
Jessica usually (go) to school by bus, but today she (go) on foot.
12.
When (your father, buy) that nice BMW? He (buy) it two days ago.
13.
I (call) Kasyif at 7.30 last night, but he (be) not at home.
14.
We may not see him next Sunday because he (have) a holiday in Jogyakarta.
15.
I (see) your grandma this morning. She looked confused. I (call) her from the
distance but she couldnt hear me.
Exercise 3
Choose the best answer
1.
Dhika usually ___ to school on foot.
a. go
b. goes
c. went
d. going
2.
Hilda ____ badminton with her friend now.
a. plays
b. is playing
c. played
d. will play
3.
The passengers of the airplane ____when the plane hit the mountain last week.
a. are sleeping
b. slept
c. have been sleeping
d. were
sleeping
4.
Do you know who ____ the book Treasure Island?
a. write
b. writes
c. wrote
d. did write
5.
Ms. Veronica started teaching here in 1999. She ___ here for four years.
a. works
b. has worked
c. is working
d.
will
be
working
6.
She ___ me this postcard there days ago.
a. sends
b. sent
c. has sent
d. will send
7.
Andra sometimes ___ fried rice for breakfast.
a. has
b. have
c. had
d. is having
8.
The committee ____ all the celebrations tomorrow
a. will end
b. have ended
c. ended
d. end
9.
We ___ the reputable senior high school when we pass the national exam next
year.
a. enter
b. is entering
c. entered
d. will enter
10.
My father ___ in that firm from 1980 to 1985.
a. works
b. has worked
c. worked
d. is working
11.
She didnt believe what her friend ___ her.
a. tell
b. telling
c. tells
d. told
12.
I dont ____ why he cant come on time.
a. understood b. understand
c. understanding d. understands
13.
The boys were swimming at the beach when the rain ____ to fall.
a. has begun
b. began
c. begun
d. begin
14.
Angel sometimes ____ her Mom in Bandung twice a week.
a. visited
b. visit
c. visits
d.
has
visited
15.
Where is your brother?
In his room. He ____ a computer game.
112
a. plays
b played
c. play
d. is playing
TAGS QUESTION
Question tags (Pertanyaan Penegas) adalah bentuk pertanyaan pendek yang
digunakan untuk menegaskan pernyataan (statement). Cara membentuknya adalah
dengan menambahkan pertanyaan pendek pada akhir pernyataan. Berikut contoh
dalam bahasa Indonesia: Hamid menjdi pelajar terbaik di sekolah ini, bukan? Dalam
Bahasa Inggris contohnya: Hamid is the best student in this school, isnt he?
Pelajari aturan pembentukan question tags berikut ini!
1. Ketentuan Umum
Pada Kalimat Pernyataan (statement):
Pada Question tags:
1) Positif (+)
Negatif (-)
2) Negatif (-)
Positif (+)
3) Kata not boleh disingkat, boleh juga tidak
Kata not selalu disingkat
disingkat.
Selalu memakai kata ganti.
4) Bisa memakai kata ganti, bisa juga tidak
memakainya.
(ingat kata ganti! I, you, they, we, he, she,
it)
1. Kalimat Pernyataan menggunakan To Be -- is, am, are, was, were atau
menggunakan Modals ---- can, must, will, should, would. Maka, To Be atau
Modals harus diulang pada Question Tag nya. Contoh:
He is a doctor, isnt he? (Dia dokter, bukan?)
They are all right, arent they? (Mereka baik-baik saja, bukan?)
Jack isnt here now, is he? (Jack tidak berada disini, bukan?)
He will visit his friend in South Korea, wont he? (Dia akan mengunjungi
temannya di Korea Selatan, bukan?)
Leon can do it himself, cant he? (Leon bis melakukannya sendiri, bukan?)
Romeo was not absent yesterday. was he? (Romeo tidak absen kemarin,
bukan)
BILA TIDAK ADA To Be/Auxiliary Verbs/modals nya, gunakan: do, does, did.pada
Question Tag nya. (Statements dalam bentuk Simple Present tense atau simple
past)
Contoh:
You dont understand his explanation, do you? Kamu tidak mengerti
penjelasannya, bukan?)
Brenda knows this secret, doesnt she? (Brenda mengetahui rahasia ini,
bukan?)
Alex and Ahmed work together to accomplish the project, dont they? (Alex
dan Ahmed bekerja sama untuk menyelesaikan proyek tersebut, bukan?)
Your parents didnt allow you to go with us, did they? (Orang tuamu tidak
mengijinkan kamu pergi bersama kami, bukan?)
The writer died ten years ago, didnt he? (penulis tersebut wafat sepuluh
tahun lalu, bukan?)
You wrote that poem yourself, didnt you? (kamu menulis puisi itu sendiri,
bukan?)
2. Pernyataan positive untuk I am harus ber-tag-kan arent I?
Contoh:
I am pretty, arent I?
I am going to get the first prize in the beauty contest, arent I?
113
Kecuali (bila statement nya dalam bentuk negative)

I am not guilty, am I?
Im not what you thought, am I?
3. Kata have atau has yang berarti mempunyai, menderita, menikmati, Tag
Questionnya menggunakan do, does atau did. TETAPI JIKA have atau has
sebagai Auxiliary Verb, maka Tag Question nya menggunakan have atau has
pula.
Contoh:
Steve doesnt have any ideas, does he? (Steve tidak punya gagasan, bukan?)
Ivan has two sisters, doesnt he? (Ivan punya dua saudara perempuan,
bukan?)
Susan and Jamilah have an English class today, dont they? (Susan dan
Jamilah ada pelajaran di kelas bahasa Inggris hari ini, bukan?)
Tutik has been to Bali, hasnt she? (Tutik telah ke Bali bukan?)
We have met each other somewhere, havent we? (Kita pernah bertemu
sebelumnya di suatu tempat, bukan?)
Ms. Meyling hasnt arrived yet, has she? (Meyling belum tiba, bukan?)
4. Kata There dalam kalimat pernyataan tidak berubah dalam Question Tag
nya.
Contoh:
There is a meeting, isnt there?
5. That dalam kalimat berubah dalam Tag Question menjadi It.
Contoh:
That man is Mr. Jason, isnt it?
6. Kata-kata yang dianggap negative seperti: never (tak pernah), rarely/seldom
(jarang), scarcely/hardly/barely (hamper tidak), a few/a little (sedikit) maka
Question Tag nya Positive.
Contoh:
Nisa never comes late, does she?
You can hardly recognize him, can you?
He only had a little homework, did he?
7. Kata-kata seperti: everyone, anyone, no one, everybody, anybody, nobody,
someone, somebody Question Tag nya menggunakan They.
Contoh:
Nobody helps her, do they?
Everyone must join the enrichment program, mustnt they?
8. Untuk kalimat perintah, Question Tag nya menggunakan Will You?
(diterjemahkan dengan mau kan? Atau tolonglah.
Contoh:
Give me your money, will you?
Open that window, will you?
9. Untuk kalimat ajakan dengan Lets, Question Tag nya menggunakan Shall We?
(diterjemahkan dengan mau kan? Atau ayolah)
Contoh:
Lets go shopping, shall we?
Lets try again, shall we?
Exercise 1
Make question tag from the following sentences!
1.
We really need to be careful with this machine, _______________?
2.
He was never late for school, _________________?
3.
The boy and his father saw the accident, ________________?
114
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
You can help me with this assignment, _________________?

Rama and I had to be there on time, __________________?
The snow wasnt falling too heavily, __________________?
Elmir isnt the strongest boy in this school, _________________?
I am explaining this very clearly, _________________?
Her youngest brother has graduated from junior high school, __________________?
The children shouldnt play all day, ____________________?
You have failed to convince her, ___________________?
It doesnt take him too long to defeat Raga in yesterdays match,
_______________?
13.
This year will be difficult for us, _________________?
14.
They rarely have dinner at home, ____________________?
15.
Like most other students, Oscar likes math very much, ________________?
16.
You have never met her before, ________________?
17.
We need to think about it carefully, ___________________?
18.
She can hardly recognize us, ____________________?
19.
Your parents have a few children, ___________________?
20.
You dont know the correct answer, __________________?
21.
He has never seen you before, __________________?
22.
They had to go home, ___________________?
23.
Dont drop it, _____________________?
24.
Jack shouldnt be angry, __________________?
25.
Listen to me, _____________________?
26.
You wouldnt tell anyone, __________________?
27.
Im too fat, __________________?
28.
This isnt very interesting, __________________?
29.
Lets have dinner, __________________?
30.
You wont mind if I go early, ___________________?
Exercise 2
Choose the correct answer!
1.
He never comes home late, __________?
a. hasnt he
b. doesnt he
c. does he
d. wont
he
2.
Without his glasses he can hardly see us, ____________ he?
a. cant
b. doesnt
c. can
d. does
3.
Your sister always gets up late on Sundays, ___________?
a. isnt she
b. didnt she
c. doesnt she
d. hasnt
she
4.
He works hard. He seldom has time to go to parties, ______________?
a. doesnt he
b. isnt he
c. has he
d. does he
5.
Lets visit the Prasetyos tomorrow, ___________?
a. wont we
b. shall we
c. arent we
d. do we
6.
The proposal sounds promising, ______?
a. doesnt it
b. wasnt it
c. it doesnt
d. is it
7.
You seldom have your hair cut, ______?
a. do you
b. dont you
c. did you
d. are you
8.
There was never any talk of such a thing, ______?
a. was it
b. was there
c. wasnt it
d. wasnt there
9.
Your uncle said that he would do his best to help you, ______?
a. didnt you
b. wouldnt he
c. didnt he
d. wouldnt you
10.
She never seems to care, _________?
a. is she
b. doesnt she
c. does she
d. has she
11.
There is someone at the door, _______?
a. isnt there
b. isnt it
c. is it
d. doesnt it
115
12.
Shut the door, _______?

a. do you
b. dont you
c. will you
d. could you
13.
Lets go to the movie, ______?
a. do we
b. shall we
c. can we
d. would we
14.
His name is Paul, isnt ______?
a. he
b his
c. it
d. so
15.
Your car is new, _________?
a. isnt it
b. arent you
c. dont you
d. didnt you
16.
Shes very kind, ________?
a. hasnt she
b. doesnt she
c. isnt she
d. wont she
17.
The dishes we had for lunch were all delicious, _______?
a. didnt they
b. werent they
c. hadnt they
d. dont
they
18.
You didnt come to class yesterday, did you? _____________
a. Did I?
b. Yes, I didnt
c. But I did
d. Yes, I have
19.
I am innocent, ________?
a. am not I
b. am I
c. arent I
d. do I
20.
I am not what you thought, _______?
a. arent I
b. am I
c. do I
d. dont I
THE USE OF CONJUNCTIONS

Conjunctions are words that are used to connect words or a group of words or
sentences. Conjunctions are usually used in the adverbial clause.
1.
Coordinating Conjunctions: AND, BUT, OR, NOR.

Example:
Tata and his friends are coming to dinner.
These shoes are old but comfortable.
In my spare time, I enjoy reading novels or watching television.
I dont like milk nor cheese.
2.
Correlative Conjunctions: BOTH.AND; NOT ONLY...BUT ALSO;

EITHER...OR; NEITHERNOR.
Example:
Both my mother and my sister are here.
Not only my mother but also my sister is here.
Not only my sister but also my parents are here.
Ill take either chemistry or physics next quarter.
That book is neither interesting nor accurate.
3.
Conjunctions that are used to connect two independent clauses: SO,

FOR, YET.
Example:
He was tired, so he went to bed. (meaning therefore, as a result)
sehingga / oleh karena itu
The child hid behind his mothers skirt, for he was afraid of the dog.
(meaning because) karena
He did not study, yet he passed the exam. (meaning but, nevertheless)
meski demikian
Note: a comma almost always precedes so, for and yet when they are
used as conjunctions)
116
4.
a.
Subordinating Conjunctions: Words that introduce adverb clauses.

Time: (waktu)
After
Before
When
While
As
By the time
Since
Until
As soon as
Once
As/so long as
Whenever
Every time (that) The first time (that)
The last time (that) The next time
(that)
b.
Because
As/So Long As
Because of
Such..that
Cause and Effect: (sebab akibat)

Since
Now that
Inasmuch As
So (That)
Due to
Therefore
So..that
As
In Order That
Consequently
c.
Opposition: (berlawanan)
Even though
Although
Though
Whereas
While
However
Nevertheless
Despite
In spite of
But
On the other hand
d.
Condition: (keadaan)
If
Unless
Only if
or not
Even if
Providing (that)
Provided (that)
(that)
In the event (that) Otherwise
Or (else)
Whether
In
case
Example:
After she graduates, she will get a job.
I will leave before he comes.
I will ask him when I see him tomorrow.
Whenever I see her, I say hello.
He went to the bed because he was sleepy.
As she had nothing in particular to do, she called up a friend
and asked her if she wanted to take in a movie.
Al didnt study. Therefore, he failed the test.
Because of the cold weather, we stayed home.
Ill go swimming tomorrow unless its cold.
Exercise 1
Choose the correct answer
1.
Foreign visitors come to either Bali or_____.
a. visit Lombok
b. Lombok
c. staying in Lombok
d. to see
Lombok
2.
I not only study hard for the exams _____ pray.
a. but also
b. or as well
c. and so
d.
and
also
3.
Abby works as a secretary in Caltex Company. Abby studies modeling in John
Robert Powers. We can also say: Abbny works as a secretary in Caltex Company
_________ studies modeling in John Robert Powers.
a. so
b. but
c. and
d. then
4.
I dont care whether she goes _______ stay here.
a. but
b. or
c. since
d. and
5.
I have been learning English __________ I was in kindergarten.
a. for
b. yet
c. since
d. after
6.
Vina goes to school ___________ she has a headache.
117
a. though
b. when
c. because
d. but
I have learned how to drive a car for more than four months ________ I cant
drive.
a. and
b. though
c. yet
d. or
8.
The woman cried for help but ________.
a. no one was there
c. someone heard her voice
b. everyone wanted to help
d. she was helpless
9.
Prabu is not a girl ______ a boy.
a. or
b. but
c. and
d. when
10.
Which do you like, hamburger _________ pizza.
a. but
b. and
c. or
d. though
11.
He came ________ the bell rang.
a. when
b. although
c. until
d.
as
long as
12.
He likes neither coffee ______ tea.
a. and
b. or
c. nor
d. but
13.
We stayed there _________ we finished our work.
a. and
b. until
c. yet
d. or
14.
Alex hurt his back _________ he was chopping wood.
a. and
b. but
c. while
d. so
15.
Bari is in good shape physically ________ he gets a lot of exercise.
a. even though
b. because
c. until
d.
though
16.
The research program will take __________ time and money.
a. either
b. neither
c. both
d.
not
only
17.
Im studying not only math ___________ chemistry.
a. neither
b. nor
c. and
d. but also
18.
Her academic record was outstanding, _____ she was not accepted by the
university.
a. yet
b. and
c. so
d. because
19.
I visited the museum _______ I was in Chicago.
a. after
b. before
c. when
d.
though
20.
We stayed home ___________ the cold weather.
a. because
b. but
c. because of
d.
and
7.
EXPRESSIONS OF COMPARISON
Expression of comparison can be classified into three:
a.
Expressions of Similarity
Similarity can be expressed by using:
1. the same as or like
His car is the same as mine
His car is like mine
2. the same + noun + as
His car has the same color as mine
His shirt has the same price as mine
3. as + adjective/adverb + as
His car is as expensive as mine
He works as quickly as I do
NOTES:
118
The expression as..as is also used with many/much or many/much + noun to

express similarity in quantity. (Remember, many is used with countable nouns plural,
and much is used with uncountable nouns singular)
Amir eats as much as Hasan (does)
Mr. Husein has as many children as Mr. Salim (does)
I have as much money as you (do)
b.
Expressions of Difference
Difference is expressed by using:
1. to be different from
His car is different from mine.
Indonesian culture is different from American culture.
2. the negative of the sentences in a above
His car is not the same as mine
His car is not the same color as mine
His car is not as (so) expensive as mine
c.
Expressions of Degrees
There are two degrees of comparison:
1. Comparative Degree, used when comparing two things or two groups of
things. Comparative degree is form with:
a.
Sufix er, when:
The adjective or adverb is of one-syllable:
Tall
Taller
Clear
Clearer
Hard
Harder
The adjective or adverb ends in y:
Busy
Busier
Happy
Happier
b.
The word more., when:

The adjective or adverb is of two or more syllables (with the
exception of adjectives or adverbs ending in y as mentioned above)
Careful
more careful
Quiet
more quiet
Important
more important
The adverbs have the suffix ly:
Carefully
more carefully
Clearly
more clearly
Quickly
more quickly
Notes: Comparative degree is always followed by than

2. Superlative Degree, used when comparing more than two things or two
groups of things. Superlative degree is formed with:
a.
Suffix est, when:
The adjective or adverb is of one-syllable:
Tall
tallest
Clear
clearest
Hard
hardest
The adjective or adverb ends in y
Busy
busiest
Happy
happiest
Heavy
heaviest
b.
The word most., when:
The adjective or adverb is of two or more syllables (with the
exception of adjectives or adverbs ending in y as mentioned above)
Careful
most careful
119
Quiet
Important
Carefully
Clearly
Quickly
Notes:
most quiet
most important
The adverbs have the suffix-ly :
most carefully
most clearly
most quickly
Superlative degree is always proceeded by the definite

article the and followed by preposition in or of.
He is the tallest boy in the class
The Nile is the longest river in the world
Some adjectives and adverbs have irregular comparative
and superlative forms, as follows:
Good
better
best
Bad
worse
worst
Well
better
best
Many
more
most
Much
more
most
Far
farther
farthest
Little
less
least
Exercise 1
Make the correct forms of comparison. Use the adjective or adverb in the
parentheses
1.
Mount Everest is (high) mountain in the world.
2.
Everyone else was (nervous) as you were.
3.
Ramdhan attends those meetings (often) than I do.
4.
You didnt do this part (thoroughly) as the first.
5.
Mr. Lathif always drives (carelessly) than his wife.
6.
The weather is (warm) today than it was yesterday.
7.
Your example is (good) than the one in the textbook.
8.
My secretary is seldom gets to work (early) as I do.
9.
He always analyzes things (seriously) than the others.
10.
(Few) members come to the meeting this week than last week.
11.
That lesson was (good) of all.
12.
Young people are usually (ambitious) than older ones.
13.
I am (big) than he is.
14.
Western people usually work (hard) than Eastern people.
15.
This is (big) room in the building.
Exercise 2
1.
Dicky is usually .. than Harry.
a. thoughtfuler
b. as thoughtful
c. more thoughtful d. the most
thoughtful
2.
That is the .. chair in this room.
a. more comfortable b. most luxurious c. expensivest
d.
more
beautiful
3.
He is a lion.
a. braver as
b. as braver than c. as brave as
d.
bravest than
4.
Which of the following sentence is correct?
a. Her skin is more white than snow
c. My hair is blacker as night.
b. Some countries in Africa are poorer in the world
d. Jakarta is on the same
island as Bandung
120
5.
The radio is 500,000 rupiahs; the television set is 1,500,000 rupiahs.

Which of the following sentence is incorrect?
a.
The radio is not the same price as the television set.
b.
The television set is more expensive than the radio
c.
The television set is not as expensive as the radio
d.
The radio is cheaper than the television set
6.
Jakarta is hot; Surabaya is hot.
We can say that
a. Surabaya is hotter than Jakarta
c. Jakarta is not as hot as
Surabaya
b. Jakarta is as hot as Surabaya
d. Surabaya is colder than Jakarta
7.
Mark is always . Salim.
a. serious than
b. more serious than
c. not serious than d. more serious
8.
Ramli has two cars; Ramlan has three cars.
The following sentences are true, EXCEPT
a. Ramlan has more cars than Ramli (does)
c. Ramli has fewer cars than
Ramlan (does)
b. Ramlans cars are more than Ramlis cars
d. Ramli has many cars than
Ramlan (does)
9.
Tinis dress is yellow; Anis dress is yellow.
We can say that.
a. Tinis dress is the same as Anis
c. Tinis dress is different from
Anis
b. Anis dress is not the same color as Tinis
d. Anis dress is the same
from Tinis
10.
Father gave me Rp. 50.000,-; mother gave me Rp. 70.000,The following sentences are incorrect, EXCEPT
a. Father gave me as much money as mother (did)
c. Mother gave me less
money than father (did)
b. Father gave me more money than mother (did)
d. Mother gave me more
money than father (did)
11.
a. Bandung is smaller than Jakarta
c. Jakarta is more dirty than
Bandung
b. Jakarta is as crowded as Bandung
d. Bandung is colder than
Jakarta
12.
Which of the following sentence is correct?
a. Indonesia is more populous than Malaysia
c. Malaysia is more rich than
Indonesia
b. Malaysia is as larger as Indonesia
d. Indonesia is older as
Malaysia
13.
I can run .. than him.
a. more fast
b. fastest
c. faster
d. Fast
14.
The following sentence is incorrect, EXCEPT?
a. Taxi is more fast than City Bus
c. Taxi is more comfortable than
City Bus
b. City Bus is most expensive as
d. City bus is more slow than Taxi
15.
Mr. Smith works twelve hours a day; Mr. John works ten hours a day.
We can say that
a. Mr John works harder than Mr. Smith does.
b. Mr. Smith works time is shorter than Mr. Johns
c. Mr. John works as hard as Mr. Smith does.
d. Mr. Smith works harder than Mr. John does.
16.
I bought one T-shirt yesterday.
Ani bought two T-shirt yesterday.
121
Adi bought three T-shirt yesterday.

The following sentence is correct, EXCEPT
a. Adi bought the most T-shirt yesterday
c. My T-shirt is fewer than Anis
b. Anis T-shirt is the fewest of all
d. Adis T-shirt is more than mine
17.
Four times three is twelve; three times four is twelve.
The following comparison is incorrect, EXCEPT
a. Four times three is different from three times four
b. Four times three is bigger than three times four
c. Three times four is the same as four times three
d. Three times four is smaller than four times four
18.
Brazil exports (much) coffee of all countries.
The correct form of comparison is
a. more
b. the most
c. as much as
d. much
19.
a. Purnomo runs the fastest of all Indonesian athletes.
b. English is not always more important than Arabic.
c. My score is good than hers.
d. She can do the work as easily as I can.
20.
Pak Karto has ten buffaloes; Pak Sastro has ten buffaloes, too.
a. Pak Karto has more buffaloes than Pak Sastro does.
b. Pak Sastro has as many cows as Pak Karto does.
c. Pak Karto s cows are the same as Pak Sastros.
d. Pak Sastros cows are like Pak Kartos.
PREFERENCE
Preference digunakan untuk menyatakan pilihan atau lebih suka X dari pada Y. cara
pembentukannya dapat dikelompokkan menjadi tiga.
1) Like better than
Pola:
S + like (s/es/d) + Ving + O1 + better than + Ving + O1
or,
Contoh:
He likes reading newspaper better than watching TV
She likes tea better than coffee
2) Prefer to
Pola:
S + prefer (s/es/d) + Ving + O1 + to + Ving + O1
or,
Contoh:
They prefer playing chess to playing cards.
The girls prefer orchids to roses.
3) Would rather than
Pola:
S + would rather + V1 + O1 + than + V1 + O1
Contoh:
John would rather drink juice than (drink) coke.
Aisyah would rather read Quran than watch soap opera.
I would rather ride a bicycle than go by car to school.
Exercise 1
1.
My mother prefers staying at home ___________ working.
a. than
b. to
c. better than
than
d. rather
122
2.
I would rather _________ coffee without cream.

a. had
b. to have
c. have
d.
having
3.
I prefer staying at home ___________ joining my family for vacation.
a. than
b. better than
c. to
d. rather
than
4.
Ratu likes putting on a hat __________ wearing a veil.
a. than
b. better than
c. to
d. rather
than
5.
Perdana would rather type the assignment ____________ write it by hand.
a. than
b. better than
c. to
d. rather
than
6.
Kadita ________ eating Bakso better than hamburger.
a. likes
b. prefers
c. would rather
d. would
prefer
7.
Seanu ________ take a public transport than drive his own car.
a. likes
b. would rather
c. prefers
d. would
prefer
8.
Perdana _______ drinking milk to drinking coffee.
a. likes
b. would prefer
c. prefers
d. would
rather
9.
Setiawan ______ to spend his time writing a book than travel.
a. likes
b. would rather
c. prefers
d. would
prefer
10.
He ______ barbecue than soup.
a. prefers eating
b. likes eating
c. would prefer to eat
d. would rather eat
11.
Miranti ______ play than study.
a. prefers
b. likes
c. would prefer
d.
would rather
12.
Mother prefers cakes _________ sweets.
a. than
b. better than
c. rather than
d.
to
13.
Will you go to the park with me?
Id rather _________.
a. stay here than going
b. stay here than go
c. stay here instead of going
d. stay here from going
14.
They prefer staying at home to going out at weekend.
We can also say that
a. They like stay at home than go out at weekend.
b. They would rather stay at home than go out at weekend.
c. They will stay at home rather than go out at weekend.
d. They like staying at home to going out on weekend.
15.
Which of the sentences indicate preference?
a. Prabu doesnt like to apply for the job as a salesman.
b. Perdana prefers karate to tae kwon do.
c. Your sister had better wear jeans.
d. His aunt dislikes visiting me.
16.
Which one is correct?
a. He prefers to give to accept something.
b. He prefers giving to accepting.
c. He prefers giving to accept something.
d. He prefers give to accepting something.
17.
Which do you like better, watching TV or going to the cinema?
a. I like watching TV than going to the cinema.
123
b. I like watching TV to going to the cinema.

c. I like watching TV than going to the cinema.
d. I like watching TV better than going to the cinema.
18.
My sister would rather ________________
a. sleep than makes rumors about people.
b. sleep than making rumors about people.
c. sleeping than making rumors about people.
d. sleep than make rumors about people.
19.
Ratu would rather ______________
a. traditional houses than contemporary ones.
b. have traditional houses than contemporary ones.
c. traditional houses rather than contemporary ones.
d. to have traditional houses than contemporary ones.
20.
No one would rather ___________.
a. live alone
b. to live alone
d. lives alone
c. living alone
Exercise 2
Put the words in the bracket into the correct form.
1.
I prefer (wear) light coat to (wear) heavy coat.
2.
Prabud rather (drive) than (travel) by train.
3.
We like (play) tennis better than (go) for a swim.
4.
Most people would rather (watch) television rather than (read) a book.
5.
They prefer (leave) now to (wait) a few more minutes.
6.
My family would rather (eat) at home rather than (go) to a restaurant.
7.
My boss would rather (think) about it for a while than (decide) it now.
8.
I would rather (not do) it now than (make) a lot of mistakes.
9.
I prefer (phone) my parents to (write) them a letter.
10.
I like (not go) for work today better than (miss) a reunion gathering.
EXCLAMATION
An exclamation is an expression used to express surprise, disbelief, anger, etc. An
exclamatory phrase is formed with: what (a) + noun or how + adjective. An
exclamatory phrase is usually followed by a sentence (subject + predicate).
124
Exercise 1
Fill in the blank with what (a). Or How . to complete the following
exclamation.
1.
. good idea!
2.
. An-nisaa is.
3.
. dirty this classroom is.
4.
. far from the city An-Nisaa is.
5.
. nice room you have.
6.
intelligent student you are.
7.
beautiful his daughter is.
8.
old man he is.
9.
naughty the boy is.
10.
naughty boy he is.
Exercise 2
Express your amazement based on the following situations.
1.
The man has five luxurious cars. (rich)
2.
The girl always wins beauty contests. (beautiful)
3.
There are a lot of people at the market. (crowded)
4.
Shania can act, sing, and paint well. (talented)
5.
The woman often gives her food and money to the poor. (generous)
6.
Ms. Claire is nearly 120 years old. (old)
7.
Those men can speak five languages. (clever)
8.
My parents are helpful and thoughtful. (kind)
9.
There is so much garbage on the floor of the classroom. (dirty)
10.Mr. Syafrudin is a very brilliant teacher.
Exercise 3
1.
The bus is new and luxurious.
a. What a comfortable bus it is!
c. How a bus it is!
b. How comfortable bus it is!
d. What comfortable the bus is!
2.
_______________ Shall we go sailing?
a. What day nice!
b. What a day!
c. How nice day
!
d. How a nice!
3.
Ichas scores are excellent.
a. How clever she is!
c. What a clever Ratu is a girl!
b. What clever she is!
d. How clever girl Ratu is!
4.
Nobody can answer the question.
a. How difficult the question is!
c. How is the question difficult?
b. What the question it is!
d. What is the question!
5.
Mr. James has written more than 60 books.
a. What a prolific writer Mr. James is!
c. What a prolific Mr. James is!
b. How a writer Mr. James is!
d. It is Mr. James how prolific!
125
6.
Prabu reads a novel of 390 pages only in one day.

a. What quickly he reads!
c. How quickly he reads!
b. How quick he reads!
d. What a quickly he reads!
7.
I dont drive as carelessly as your brother.
a. What a careful driver your brother is!
c. How careless I drive!
b. What a careless driver I am!
d. How carefully I drive!
8.
Samson can lift that heavy box.
a. How heavy Perdana is!
c. How a heavy boy Perdana is!
b. What a strong boy Perdana is!
d. What perdana!
9.
Dewi cooks delicious meal.
a. What a meal!
c. What cooking Nunik is delicious!
b. How delicious meals cooked by Nunik!
d. How cooking Nuniks meal!
10.
Krisdayanti can sing beautifully.
a. What beautiful voice she has!
c. What a song Krisdayanti sings!
b. How beautiful voice she has!
d. How beautiful song it is!
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
1.
Using Subject Pronouns:

Who
: Used for people
Which : Used for things
That
: Used for both people and things
Examples:
I thanked the woman. She helped me. =
I thanked the woman who helped
me.
I thanked the woman that helped me.
The book is mine. It is on the table.
=
The book which is on the table
is mine.
The book that is on the table is mine.
2.
Using Object Pronouns:
Who(m) : Used for people
Which : Used for things
That
: Used for both people and things
Example:
The man was Mr. Jones. I saw him.
=
The man who(m) I saw was Mr.
Jones.
The man that I saw was Mr. Jones.
The man I saw was Mr. Jones.
3.
Using Whose
Whose is used to show possession. Whose usually modifies people but it may
also be used to modify things.
Example:
I know the man.
His bicycle was stolen. =
I know the man whose bicycle was stolen.
Mr. Catt has a painting.
Its value is inestimable =
Mr. Catt has a painting whose value is
inestimable.
4.
Using Where
Where is used in an adjective clause to modify a place (city, country, room, house,
etc.). if Where is used, a preposition is not included in the adjective clause. If
Where is not used, the preposition must be included.
Example:
The building is very old.
126
He lives there (in that building). = The building where he lives is very old.
The building in which he lives is very old.
The building which he lives in is very old.
The building that he lives in is very old.
The building he lives in is very old.
5.
Using When
When is used in an adjective clause to modify a noun of time (year, day, time,
century, etc).
Example:
Ill never forget the day.
I met you then (on that day).
= Ill never forget the day when I met you.
Ill never forget the day on which I met you.
Ill never forget the day that I met you.
Ill never forget the day I met you.
Exercise 1
Fill in the blank with who, whom, which, whose, when, where, why, or that.
1.
The radio _______ you put on the table is missing.
2.
The girl __________ is walking with Ratu is my neighbor.
3.
The assignment _________ we did yesterday was quite easy.
4.
The man _________ you just met is a very famous writer.
5.
We met a woman __________ name was very unusual.
6.
The box in _________ she put the gift was very attractive.
7.
The house __________ my friend lives is beautiful.
8.
The subject __________ the teacher teaches is very interesting.
9.
The mango __________ you are eating is ripe.
10.
The girl __________ you sent the letter has just here.
Exercise 2
Combine the sentences, using the second sentence as an adjective clause.
1.
The book was good. I read it.
2.
The meeting was interesting. I went to it.
3. I apologized to the woman. I spilled her coffee.
4. The town is small. I grew up there (in that town).
5. Monday is the day. We will come then (on that day).
6. The girl is happy. She won the race.
7. I like the composition. You wrote it.
8. The man was very kind. I talked to him yesterday.
9. The man called the police. His wallet was stolen.
10.That is the drawer. I keep my jewelry there (in that drawer).

,
Exercise 3
1.
General Sudirman is a man _________ we are all admire.
a. who
b. where
c. whom
2.
The doctor _________ came here last night is my uncle.
d. which
127
a. whom
b. which
c. who
d. where
Our friend Prabu __________ father teaches in ITB is absent today.
a. why
b. whom
c. who
d. whose
4.
We do not know the man _________.
a. where he comes from
b. whose house that is
c. who lives in that house d.
when he comes
5.
The child _________ helped you yesterday is here.
a. whom
b. which
c. who
d. that
6.
This is not the shirt ________ I bought yesterday.
a. which
b. that
c. who
d. when
7.
This looks like the pen _____________.
a. where I bought it
b. when I lost it
c. which I bought yesterday
d. whom I saw yesterday
8.
The school ________ I study is near a bus-station.
a. where
b. who
c. which
d. whom
9.
I have forgotten the house ________________.
a. where I was born
b. when I was born c. why I was born d. which I was
born
10.
Did it happen ___________?
a. why father went out
c. with whom father went out
b. when father went out
d. that father went out
11.
That is the reason ____________.
a. where he was born
c. who was there
b. why she had gone away
d. when will they come
12.
The dog __________ were looking for is at home.
a. who
b. whose
c. whom
d. which
13.
The doctor ___________ has examined you wants to see you.
a. which
b. who
c. whom
d. whose
14.
Did you lose the pen _____________?
a. I gave you last week
c. that you borrowed it from me
b. whom you use at school
d. which you used to write
yesterday
15.
The moon, ___________, shines at night.
a. who is above us
c. whom you always see
b. where it is in the sky
d. which is the earths satellite
16.
The school __________ is an SMP.
a. which I study
b. where I study
c. when I study
d. why I
study
17.
There was a carpenter ________ lived with his family near a deep river.
a. who
b. whom
c. whose
d. which
18.
Mr. Abbas ____________ son is my classmate is a manager in a big company.
a. who
b. whom
c. which
d. whose
3.
19.
The girl ____________ her mother was looking for was afraid to go home.
a. who
b. whom
c. whose
d. which
20.
The kite __________ he is flying is made of used paper.
a. who
b. whom
c. whose
d. which
128
LATIHAN SOAL UN
Paket 1
The text is for question number 1 to 4
An Internal Error
Michael and his wife plan to take a vacation in Florida. At the last minute the wife
has to go to a business meeting. The husband goes ahead; the wife agrees to meet
him in a couple days. While theyre apart the husband sends his wife an e-mail; but
accidentally sends it to a woman whose husband has died recently. After reading the
message, she passes out cold.
Her daughter wondering what had disturbed her mother so much reads the email: Dear darling. I have really missed you! I am looking forward for your arrival
tomorrow. Oh, and its really hot down here!
1. Who receive Michaels e-mail based on the text above?
a. His wife
b. His daughter
c. A woman whose husband has died recently
d. A woman whose husband is still alive
2. Where will Michael and his wife take a vacation?
a. New York
c. Florida
b. London
d. Hawaii
3. Michael and his wife plan to take a vacation in Florida. The word printed in bold
means..
a. take a permission
c. leisure time
b. wasting time
d. take a picnic
4. How does the writer make the scene funny?
a. By giving a funny character in the story
b. By presenting a mistake delivery of e-mail
c. By presenting a personal comment
d. By giving a twist in one event
5. , doesnt he?
a. Mr. Agus has posted the letter
b. Mr. Agus has a lot of letters to be posted
c. Mr. Agus doesnt go to the post office
d. Mr. Agus hasnt gone to the post office
6. Afifa : Look! Monas is very tall.
Dina : Is it?
Afifa : Yes, it is our national monument pride!
Dina : Wow, .!
a. What is a monument
b. How tall is a Monas
c. What a tall monument it is
d. How Monas it is
129
7. The boys were swimming at the beach when the rain . to fall.
a. has begun
c. begins
b. began
d. was beginning
8. I think that my mother will be interested in watching this film, but .
a. my father will too
c. my father didnt
b. my father isnt
d. my father wont
9. I have learned how to ride a bicycle since I was a kid I cant ride.
a. or
c. yet
b. and
d. though
10.Ditas dress is yellow. Shikas dress is yellow.
We can say that
a. Ditas dress is not the same colour as Shikas
b. Ditas dress is different from Shikas
c. Shikas dress is the same yellow as Ditas
d. Ditas dress is not different as Shikas
The text is for question number 11 13
The human heart is divided into four chambers, each of which serves its own
function in the cycle of pumping blood. The atria are the thin-walled upper chambers
that gather blood as it flows from the veins between heartbeats. The ventricles are the
thick-walled lower chambers that receive blood from the atria and push it into the
arteries with each contraction of the heart. The left atrium and ventricle work
separately from those on the right. The role of the chambers on the right side of the
heart is to receive oxygen-depleted blood from the body tissues and send it on to the
lungs; the chambers on the left side of the heart of the heart then receive the oxygenenriched blood from the lungs and send it back out to the body tissues.
11.The passage indicates that the ventricles
a. have relatively thin walls
b. send blood to the atria
c. are above the atria
d. force blood into the arteries
12.According to the passage, when is blood pushed into the arteries from the
ventricles?
a. As the heart beats
b. Between heart beats
c. Before each contraction of the heart
d. Before it is received by the atria
48.According to the passage, which part of the heart gets blood from the body tissues
and passes it on to the lungs?
a. The atria
b. The ventricles
c. The right atrium and ventricle
d. The left atrium and ventricle
What does the notice mean?
a. The dustbin must be thrown away by the students
THROW THE RUBBISH
b. The rubbish in the dustbin must be thrown away
INTO THE DUSTBIN
c. Students must not have rubbish in the school
d. Students should throw the rubbish into the dustbin
15.They prefer staying at home to going out at weekend. We can also say that
a. They like stay at home than go out at weekend
b. They would rather stay at home than go out at weekend
c. They would prefer stay at home than go out at weekend
d. They like staying at home to going out at weekend
130
16.The girl her mother was looking for was afraid to go home.
a. whose
c. who
b. which
d. whom
17.Arrange these jumbled sentences into a good order!
1 He plays football very well
2 They like him very much
3 He has a lot of friends
4 Muhammad Kaka Rijkaard is my neighbour
5 Because he is a good football player
6 He is Persija football player
a. 6 4 3 2 1 5
c. 6 4 1 3 2 5
b. 4 6 3 2 1 5
d. 4 6 1 3 2 5
18.A : Ill get the final examination tomorrow.
B :
a. I think youll get bad mark c. I dont know about it
b. Im sorry to hear that
d. I hope youll pass it
19.Vina : There are so many foreign tourists in this town, ..?
a. arent they
c. dont they
b. isnt it
d. arent there
20.Adi gets seven for his English. Jason gets eight; Yudha gets nine, while Rangga gets
six.
a. Adi is as clever as Jason
b. Rangga is the cleverest student
c. Yudha is the best student
d. Jason is cleverer than Yudha
REPORT FROM THE TAMIL NADU FIRE SERVICES
Till the morning of 26 December 2004, the common man in India had not
heard the word tsunami. Within an hour of the incident it became a household
word. What exactly is a tsunami?
A tsunami (pronounced tsunami) literally means a harbor wave. It is really a
series of waves with extremely long wavelength and wave period. The wave is
produced by a disturbance in the seabed by a powerful earthquake or a volcano
eruption.
A tsunami is different from a tidal wave. The tidal wave is produced by the
gravitational pull of the moon. The tsunami is a wave motion created by
a
disturbance in the seabed. It is comparable to the waves produced in a basin of
water if the bottom is struck. You can see the ripples of water flowing from the spot
you hit going outwards. Only in this incident Gods basin is huge and the wave
produced is several meters high.
The casualties from the tsunami number nearly 221,100. in Indonesia alone
the number is close to 166,320. Besides these, there are casualties in Sri Lanka,
Thailand and Burma.
21.From the text, a wave motion created by a disturbance in the seabed is
a. a tidal wave
c. The tsunami
b. high wave
d. Storm
22. Tsunami is one of .
a. Earthquake
c. Volcano eruption
b. Disasters
d. Storm
23.It is comparable to the waves ( paragraph 3)
The word it refers to .
131
a. The tsunami
b. The ship
c. A disturbance
d. Wave
Complete the paragraph.

There ..(24). many programmes to watch during the evening. At six oclock, there
is Ayat-ayat Quran. I .(25) to watch Catch Me If You Can at six thirty. It is .
(26) interesting. At seven oclock, there is the National Geographic. My father
usually (27) that. All the family like to watch the World News at nine.
24.
a. is
c. was
b. has
d. are
25.
a. liked
c. liking
b. like
d. has liked
26.
a. too
c. very
b. more
d. much
27.
a. watching
c. watched
b. watches
d. is watching
28.
Nina : Who is that boy in the blue T-shirt?
Friska: Thats Raga. He is the one .
a.
which car we borrowed
b.
who we met at the school party last week
c.
who cycle to school
d.
whom play basketball very well
29.
Shilla : You look terrible! Whats the matter?
Citta : Ive got a headache.
Shilla : Sure, Ill take it for you.
a.
Will you take me to the doctor?
b.
Do you have any ideas?
c.
Can you get me an aspirin?
d.
Could you call me a doctor?
The text is for number 30 to 32
Indonesian Nasi Goreng
Ingredients:
2 eggs
1 cup water
1 plate rice
1 cup chopped, cooked chicken
cup sliced beans (fresh or frozen)

How to make it:
Lightly beat eggs. Heat a little oil in a pan, pour a thin layer of eggs and cook over a
medium heat until set. Turn out and cook remaining egg the same way. Cool and cut
into thin strips. Bring water to boil. Stir in rice, chicken and beans, cover and simmer
gently for 8 minutes. Add half the egg strips, stir well, replace lid and allow to stand for
2 minutes before serving, garnish with remaining egg strips.
30.
What must we do first if we want to make Indonesian Nasi Goreng?

Bring water to boil
Heat a little oil in a pan
Cut the eggs into thin strips
Beat eggs lightly
31.
What is the material for the decoration in the procedure above?
a. Sliced beans
c. Egg strips
b. Sliced cucumber
d. Fresh lettuce
32.
cover and simmer gently for 8 minutes. The word printed in bold has the
same meaning with
a.
b.
c.
d.
132
a. cut
c. cook
b. beat
d. stir
33.
has usually my brother exercises on Sundays
1
2
3
4
5
The good arrangement is .
a. 3 1 4 2 5
c. 5 2 1 3 4
b. 3 2 1 4 5
d. 3 1 2 5 4
34.
Zahra : How do you like your chicken soup?
Ayu : I like it hot.
Zahra : So, you can add . spicy sauce.
a. a few
c. a little
b. many
d. any
35.
Many craftsmen have more than twenty years of experience in producing shoes,
.?
a. arent they
c. didnt they
b. dont they
d. havent they
36.
Ihsan : Ivans wallet was lost yesterday at school.
Kamal
: He must be very up set because he must pay
school fee today.
The italic phrase shows us that
a.
Kamal is happy to hear the news
b.
Kamal feels sorry about Ivan
c.
Ihsan really like to hear the news
d.
Kamal and Ihsan like Ivan very much
37.
My father buys a new car.
The car is blue.
Its good and big.
The sentences above can be combined into
a.
My father buys a new blue good big car.
b.
My father buys a blue good big new car.
c.
My father buys a big good new blue car.
d.
My father buys a good big new blue car.
38.
I had a plane ticket for the first flight, but I failed to fly because of some
reasons. The flight was postponed for more than 2 hours. The underlined
word means..
a. cancelled
c. withdrawn
b. crashed
d. delayed
Dear Human Being,
Put aside your axe, your hammer, or your rifle, and lend us your ear for a
moment. God created us, humans and animals, to live together in harmony on
our planet Earth. He gave us trees, plants, rivers, mountains and many other
things for our needs and enjoyment. In all our different forms and characters, we
make up everything that sets us apart from other planets.
The only thing is that you, as a human being, were made a little superior to
any of us. You were given a little more intelligence and more of just everything
else so that you can do more. You, with all the skills given to you, are able to
invent tools, erect buildings, and make works of art. In other words, you have the
power to rule the world.
You do as you wish: you maim, you kill, you destroy, all in the name of
development. But what do you really gain? What about us animals and our
habitats? You ignore our needs, and are intentionally blind to our fate.
Unlike you, we dont have the ability to create things. Aside from our
instincts, we rely on our bodies alone: our fur, our feathers, our muscles But just
133
like you, we know the joys and sorrows of living: the taste of freedom and the
glory of every new day; the pangs of hunger and the pains of death. We, like you,
love our children, and cry when one of them dies.
But even if we are less than what you are, we, too, are creatures of God.
We also have the right to live and to have our own place in this world. You cannot
deny us this right.
We know you need us to survive. Take what you need from us and our
environment, but dont take it all. If you take everything from us, in the end you
will have nothing. If you destroy us, you will destroy yourselves. So please, let us
be.
Respectfully,
Your fellow creatures on Earth
39.
The sentence Put aside your axe, your hammer, or your rifle indicates that
a.
people like to use tools
b.
people depend on their hands a lot
c.
people are busy creatures
d.
people love to make handicraft
40.
What impression do you have of human beings from the passage?
a.
They are clever but selfish
b.
They are clever and wise
c.
They are diligent but stupid
d.
They are stupid but wise
41.
a.
b.
c.
d.
42.
43.
Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?

Humans and animals are alike in some ways
Animals, like humans, depend on their environment
Humans are considerate to their fellow creatures
Animals dont have abilities like humans
What is the tone of the passage?

a. miserable
c. persuasive
b. authoritarian
d. joyful
are able to invent tools, erect buildings, and make .. (paragraph 2,

line 5). The word printed in bold has the opposite meaning with .
a. raise
b. build
c. crash
d. put up
44.
What is the picture for?
a.
To dig the soil
b.To cut the grass c.To water the flowers
d.To cut the paper
45.
Nadya
: Is air also a natural resources?
Mr. Budi : Well, in fact, it is one of our most natural resources. We will die without
enough air to
breathe.
Nadya
: But in big cities the air has been polluted.
Mr. Budi : Youre right. The air in some cities has become polluted ... the factory
chimneys
pour smokes in the sky, car and other
vehicles emit gas that mixed with
the air.
a. so
b. because
c. although
d. and
46.
Mrs. Ulies: Wait a minute. Your name is Reza, ..
Reza
: Yes, Maam. Youre right.
a. arent you? b. dont you?
c. do you?
d. isnt it?
47.Tasya : Have you heard that the Merapi Mountain erupted last night?
Azizah: Do you know how many animals were killed?
Tasya : All. .. of them was safe.
134
a. both
b. some
c. none
d. each
Father : Where are my spectacles honey?
Mother : You .leave them in the living room. You
read the newspaper there.
a. can
b. should
c. might
d. would
49.
Devo : Have you decided to buy the computer today?
Tata : I cant say for sure. I will buy it .
a.
if my father gave me the money
b.
if it is expensive
c.
if the price goes down
d.
if I were a rich man
48.

Farmers usually start to cultivate their field in the wet season. Before cultivating, they
prepare their ....(50).... like hoes, sickles, rakes and ploughs. They also prepare their
cows or buffaloes. The cows or buffaloes are very important for farmers to pull the ....
(51).... to cultivate the rice field. It is a ....(52).... way.
50.
a. Machines
b.Tools
c.Appliances d.utensils
51.
a. Plough
b.Tractor
c.Spade
d.rake
52.
a. Modern
b.Traditional c.Simple
d.nice
53.Alex : You look fit. Do you always go to a fitness centre?
Rudy : Not really. I haven't got much time, but every morning I go jogging.
Alex : I see. That's why you're so fit.
Rudy : That's correct. If you want to stay fit you should exercise ........
a. continuity
b. continue
c. continuously
d. continuous
54.they fresh still are flowers vase the in
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
are the although
9
10
11
The best arrangement of the words is.
a. 11 10 5 4 8 7 6 1 9 3 2
b. 4 5 10 11 6 7 8 2 3 9 1
c. 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
d. 7 6 5 1 2 3 11 10 4 9 8
55.X : Would you like me to open the window?
Y :
a. Certainly, wait a minute, please!
b. No, thanks.
c. Im sorry to hear that.
d. Im afraid I cant.
56.The paramedics carried the injured man from the hospital reception to the
operating theatre on ..
a. a bandage
c. a sofa
b. a wheelchair
d. an ambulance
57.Mr. Poltaks son gave some money to the beggar. .. is a kind man.
a. Mr. Poltak
c. the beggar
b. He
d. The money
135
58.I met Sally when I to the office this morning.

a. walked
c. went
b. was driving
d. had gone
59.Shasa hasnt finished her exercise yet. She .it since 7 this morning.
a. is doing
c. was doing
b. has done
d. has been doing
60.Dita
: I dont think Shilla knows anything about

computer.
Vina
: But she .. She took a computer
course last
year.
a. knows
c. is
b. does
d. was
Number of
correct
answers
score
/6
LATIHAN SOAL UN
Paket 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Bacaan untuk soal nomor 1 sampai dengan nomor 3

My father died of cancer five years ago when I was 3 years old. He left my mother
and me, their only boy. Last year my mother married Mr. Daud. He was a widower and
he had got two children, Andi and Siska. Mr. Daud now becomes my step father. Andi
and Siska become my step brother and step sister. Both of them are older than me.
We live happily in my step father's house. Now, we are waiting for the birth of my
mother's baby.
How many children did Mr.Daud have before he married the writer's mother?
a. None
b. One
c. Two
d. Three
What is the relationship between the writer, Andi and Siska?
a. Andi and Siska are the writer's cousins.
b. The writer is Andi and Siska's step brother.
c. Andi and Siska are the writer's brother and sister.
d. The writer is Andi and Siska's children.
"He was a widower" (line 2 and 3)
What does "he" refer to? "He" refers to ....
a. the writer's father b. the writer
c. the only boy
d. Mr. Daud
Librarian : Stop talking, please! You disturb other visitors.
Students : ... We didn't mean it.
a. We are sorry.
b. We are disappointed
c. We are happy
d. We are
displeased
Putri wants to apply for a job. Now the manager is interviewing her.
Mr. Susilo : What foreign language can you speak?
Putri
: English and French.
Mr. Susilo : ...
Putri
: Yes, fifty words a minute.
a. Can you help me?
c. Can you type?
b. Can you write letters?
d. Would you type this letter?
Mr. Hasan : Would you get me a cup of tea, please?
Housemaid : I am sorry, sir. ... no tea left. We have only coffee.
a. There is
b. There isn't
c. There are
d. There
aren't
A : Can you take my umbrella, please?
B : There are four umbrellas here. ... is yours?
A : The black one, please.
136
a. What
b. Which
c. What sort
d. Where
8. Winda : Look ! The flowers are beautiful.
Who ... them?
Lidya : I did, and I watered them regularly.
a. are planting
b. planted
c. plants
d. plant
9. Lidya
: There is not any sugar left, Ratna. We need ... to make cakes.
Ratna
: Okay, I'll buy it then. Do we need eggs, too?
Lidya
: No, we dont.
a. many
b. a lot
c. a few
d. any
Bacaan untuk soal nomor 10 sampai dengan 14

Your body needs energy, protein, minerals, vitamins, and fibre. In order to get
all of these, it is important to have a varied and balanced diet, and to eat the right
amount of food. Your body "burns" food to energy : the amount of energy provided
by food is measured in units called calories.
How many calories do you need? This depends on your weight and on what you do.
When you are asleep, your body uses nearly one calorie an hour for every kilogram
of weight. So a person who weights seventy kilos uses about 560 calories while
sleeping for eight hours. More calories are needed for different activities -from 100
calories an hour for reading or watching TV, to 350 calories an hour for playing
football.
To calculate the number of calories needed per day for an everage person, first
find out the person's ideal weight. Then multiply the weight by 40 for a woman or 46
for a man. A 60 - kilo woman may need about 2400 calories a day - more if she does
heavy physical work and less if she is very inactive.
10. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text?
a. To read something for an hour, a person needs 100 calories.
b. A person needs 350 calories per hour to play football.
c. Inactive persons do not need calories at all.
d. Food is burnt by the body to get energy.
11. How many calories do we need? It depends on ....
a. how old we are
c. our weight and what we do
b. how heavy we are
d. our age and our weight
12. The text mainly tells us about ....
a. energy
c. protein
b. calories
d. minerals
13. A sportsman will need ... a businessman.
a. as many calories as
c. more calories than
b. not so many calories as
d. less calories than
14. "more if she does heavy physical work and less if she is very inactive."
The underlined word means ....
a. very active
c. rather active
b. quite active
d. not active
15. Suci : What's the matter with you?
Bella : I've got a headache.
Suci
: Yes, of course.
a. Could you get me an "Oskadon", please?
b. What about going to the doctor?
c. Why don't you go and see a doctor?
137
d. Could I help you?

16. Mrs. Yanto : What about our new uniform? Are you going to sew it
yourself?
Mrs. Fakih : No, I'm not. I ... to the dressmaker next Sunday.
a. go
c. have gone
b. went
d. will go

Selling Newspaper for Pocket Money
Yanto lives not very far from my house. He goes to an SMP in the
afternoon and in the morning he sells newspaper around our neighbourhood. His
father was a government employee. He retired two years ago. Now he runs a
small shop beside their house. We can buy groceries in Pak Mario's shop. The
prices are reasonable so people like to go shopping there.
Yanto can collect six to seven hundred rupiahs from selling newspaper
everyday. He spends it for his pocket money. Yanto saves some of his money in
the bank.
Two months ago, during the school holiday, Yanto withdrew some money
from the bank and with his family he went to visit his grandmother. Mrs. Mario's
mother was happy to see her daughter, son-in-law, and her grandchildren. They
stayed for a week in Kampung Tanjung. Yanto, his sister, and his little brother
enjoyed the holiday very much. They went to the rice fields, swam in the river,
and learnt some Javanese songs from the village children. Yanto promised
himself to come again the following year.
18. Who is Yanto?
a. My neighbour.
b. Mr. Mario's son.
c. Mr. Mario's grandson.
d. A government employee.
19. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
a. Yanto cashed his saving in the bank two months ago.
b. Yanto can save money from selling newspaper.
c. Mrs. Mario's mother is Yanto's grandmother.
d. Yanto spends a lot of money for his pocket money.
20. Mr. Mario has ... children.
a. one
c. three
b. two
d. four
21. Yanto's grandmother is probably living ....
a. not far from Yanto's house
b. at the same "Kampung" as Yanto's
c. in the city
d. in a village
22. "The prices are reasonable so people like to go shopping there."
(paragraph 1)
The word 'there' refers to ....
a. a small house
c. the grocery store
b. Mr. Mario's shop
d. the market
138
23. Ardiyono : Have you got any plans for us on Sunday morning,
Agus?
Agus
: Yes, we ... to the Safari Park next Sunday.
Ardiyono : Oh, it's great!
a. go
c. were going
b. went
d. are going to go
24. Officer
: Could I have your name,
please?
Ali Topan: It's Topan. Ali Topan.
Officer
: And ... are you, Mr. Topan?
Ali Topan: I'm 25 years.
a. how old
c. how big
b. how tall
d. how heavy
25. Ida
: May I go to the concert tonight, Father?
Father : ... You have to study for your final
exam.
Ida
: But I really want to.
Father : You can go next time.
a. Of course, you may.
c. Yes, please.
b. Why not.
d. Its not a good idea
DOME
March 10th
Pub, Karaoke & Caf

Present Tuesday Evergreen Singers show from Jakarta:
Paramitha Rusady & Desy Ratnasari with Imperial Band
For this month
DOME will perform Michael Jackson from America
Reservation:
Jl. Tunjungan 102 Surabaya
26. What is Dome? It's the name of the . . . .
a.
Cinemas
Nusantara
Metropole
Plaza Senayan
Atrium
Numbers of Audience
May
8,706
9,851
7,686
6,182
June
July
9,576
7,869
8,607
9,141
7,343
7,013
7,876
8,763
March 10th
b.
Before March 10th
d. Next April
28. What does the advertisement tell you about?
a. Where the singers come from
b. What events there are in the caf
c. Who the owner of the caf is
d. Where the caf is
singer
c. show
band
d. cafe
27.
When will Michael
Jackson have a show in the
caf?
a.
After March 10th
c. On
b.
139
29. How many people have seen the films at Atrium in three months?
a. 24,086 c. 25,625
b.24,733
d. 26,243
30. Which cinema has the least audience?
a. Nusantara
c. Atrium
b.Plaza Senayan
d. Metropole
31. Yani : Where are you going next holiday?
Didin : ... yet, but I might go to Solo.
a. I don't doubt
c. I'm not sure
b. I'm ready
d. I don't believe
32. Rosa : Next Sunday we will have a holiday, won't we? What about going to Mount
Bromo?
Rima : ... because the air in Mount Bromo is too cold. I am sure we cannot stand of
it.
a. I disagree
c. That's a good idea
b. I agree with you
d. There is no doubt about it
33. Look at the pictures!
Rp.
109.900,00
Rp. 89.900,00
The rice cooker is ... than the iron.

a. expensive
b. as expensive as
Rp.
199.900,00
c. more expensive
d. most expensive
34. Tourist A : Jakarta is a lovely city, ...

Tourist B : Well, but I prefer Yogyakarta.
a. is it?
c. isn't it?
b. does it?
d. doesn't it?
You won't believe your eyes, you'd think you were in a sultan's palace in an age gone by,
but you're in the Puri Agung Convention Centre. The sheer size and the grand scale of
which is unlike anything, anywhere.
Featuring traditional Javanese architecture and symbols, with the colors and lighting
in keeping with ultra-modern taste. The Puri Agung can accommodate up to 4,000
guests for cocktails, 3,000 in theatre and 2,000 classroom style or 1,600 for sitdown
140
dinner. It has a complete array of electronic and audio visual equipment that a
convention could possibly need.
And where is this luxurious news taste of the art convention centre located? In
Singapore, Hong Kong, or San Francisco? Not in the least. It's the new Sahid Jaya
Hotel & Tower Convention Centre on Jalan Jenderal Sudirman in the heart of Jakarta.
86, Jalan Jenderal
Sudirman,
Jakarta 10220-lndonesia
Tlx. 46331 SAHID IA.
Tel. (021) 5704444
Fax. (021) 583168
35. What does the advertisement offer us?

a. A luxurious art.
c. A good accommodation.
b. A traditional architecture.
d. A complete array of electronic.
36. X : How many guests can the Puri Agung
accommodate?
Y : It can accommodate up to ....
a. 4,000
c. 2,000
b. 3,000
d. 1,600
37. The following statements are right about Sahid Jaya Hotel except
a. It has an art convention centre.
b. It's located at 86, Jl. Jenderal Sudirman.
c. It can accommodate 1,600 people for sit down dinner.
d. It is the best place for a complete audio visual equipment.
38. "It has a complete array of electronic ...". "It" in the sentence
refers to ......
a. Sahid Jaya Hotel
c. Sit down dinner
b. Classroom Style
d. the Puri Agung
39. Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to Prapat. They wanted to visit Hadi's family. Mr. Anwar,
Ali and Ani's father, went together with them. They went there by bus. They left Medan at six
o'clock in the morning and arrived in Prapat at nine. Edi and Tati were waiting for them at the
bus station.
What is
a.
b.
c.
d.
the main idea of the paragraph above?

Ali and Ani's vacation.
The Hadi family wanted to visit Prapat.
The Anwar family went to Prapat to visit the Hadi's.
Edi and Tati were waiting for them at the bus station.
40. Santy : Nobody can buy the computer. It's ... expensive for us.
Bella : I know, but remember we badly need it, don't we?
Santy : That's right but let's try to get the cheap one.
a. rather
c. fairly
b. a bit
d. too
41. Laila : I dropped by Mr. Alfa' s house but I met ... there.
Pesta : Did anybody tell you where he went?
Laila : No.
a. everyone
c. anyone
b. someone
d. no one
42. Choose the right order of the following sentences.
1. It takes place within three or more days.
2. The more important the person who dies, the more buffaloes they kill.
3. It is carried out in honour of the dead person.
4. One of the Torajan traditions is the funeral.
5. It is done by slaughtering a water buffallo.
a. 2, 5, 4, 3, 1
c. 4, 3, 1, 5, 2
141
b. 2, 3, 5, 4, 1
d. 4, 3, 5, 2, 1
43. Santi : Wow! It's cool and nice. And, look at this seat and that TV ...
Rinto : Yeah, you're right.
a. What is a luxurious train?
c. What a luxurious train it is!
b. What train is luxurious?
d. What is it? A luxurious train
The Manager of KEN TOUR Jl.
Ahmad Yani 12 Surabaya.
Dear sir,
We are sorry to complain about the service that your travel agency
provided on our school holiday Bali Tour Feb, 22 - 24.
First, on our arrival we had to stay outside despite of our tiredness after 12
hours. The people in charge said that all the rooms were still occupied by another tour
group. We were welcomed to check in after 5 hours of waiting. That means our tour
was two hours delayed. Consequently we missed one of the places to visit.
At dinner time, many of us found no food left so we bought dinner outside. We
look forward to receiving your response.
Thank you,
Yours faithfully
Andi Lala
44. The text above is a letter of....
a. application
c. introduction
b. invitation
d. complaint
45. The writer feels disappointed about the following, except
a. the amount of dinner
c. the late welcome from the hotel
b. the canceling of one place
d. the traveling
46. How long was the tour?
a. 5 hours
b. 12 hours
c. 2 days
d. 3 days
47. Which statement is NOT TRUE?

a. The name of the company is Ken Tour.
b. The Travel agency did not arrange the tour well.
c. The students spent their holiday in Bali.
d. The tour was successful.
48. Rini : Did you see the play in the cultural night?
Bella : Yes, I did. But the story was boring and the actors were not good.
Rini : ... you did not watch the play up to the end and went home.
Bella : You're right.
a. Because
b. So
c. Though
d. However
Amin
Akbar
Mega
:Wow, there's 'Jakarta Post' here.

: You should ... (49) English newspaper.
:I know it's very useful for us as students. Not only do we get interesting
things but we can also improve our English.
142
Akbar
Amin
Akbar
:I think so. That's why I read it.

:But how do you get the paper? Do you buy or borrow it from the library?
:No, my father ... (50) to the Jakarta Post.
49. a.
speak
50. a. sells
b. listen
b. subscribes
c. write
c. reportsd.
d. read
d. takes
51. Zein : Can Edelweis grow anywhere in Indonesia?

Bob : ... According to the theory, it can only grow in a certain place.
Zein : Are you sure?
Bob : Yes. If you don't believe it, let's ask our biology teacher, Mr. Abraham.
a. It's possible.
c. It's impossible.
b. I hope so.
d. I think so
52. Brad : ... The lion is
dangerous.
Pitt
: Thank you.
a. Don't move!
c. Be careful!
b. Watch out!
d. Look out!
53. Rina : Look! The baby zebra cannot find its food.
Anto : It doesn't know the danger in its
surrounding ....
Rina : I think so.
a. too
c. so
b. either
d. neither
54. Raka What are these plants in the pot for?
Kiki I am doing my experiment.
Raka What do you want to prove?
Kiki The importance of water for the
plants.
Raka What do you get?
Kiki Look! This plant grows well, ...
that one doesn't. Because I treat them
differently.
a. although
c. but
b. so
d. when
55. Hafifi : What do you think of Ronaldo?
Habib : He's ... confident but also strong.
a. nor
c. rather
b. both
d. not only
56. Rearrange the sentences into a good paragraph!
1 It covers an area of 8.000 square kilometers
2 It is situated in North Sumatera
3 The Leuser National Park is the largest park in South East Asia
4 It is a part of Bukit Barisan range of mountains
a. 2 4 3 1
c. 3 2 4 1
b. 3 4 1 2
d. 4 3 1 2
57. X : Did you watch the sport program on TV last night?
Y : Yes, of course. I think Taufik Hidayat will be a champion in the Indonesia
Open
Tournament. X : I think so. He played ... than
before.
a. carefully
c. the most carefully
b. more carefully
d. as carefully
58. It belongs to reptile; it has four legs.
It uses its tail as weapon when it fights.
143
It is originally from one of the islands of the Indonesian Archipelago.

People call its name the same as its place of origin. What animal is it?
a. Crocodile
c. Phyton
b. Alligator
d. Komodo
59. Yuni : Will you come to the meeting?
Bob : I don't know. I can't make up my mind. What's the topic we're going to talk
about?
Yuni : Water supplies for our village. It's interesting I think, isn't it?
Bob : Okay then. I will come if it ....
a. doesn't rain
c. isn't raining
b. didn't rain
d. hasn't rained
60. Anto : Indonesia has to import rice next year.
Number of
Mike : How come? Indonesia is an agricultural
correct
score
country.
answers
Anto : There are some reasons for that.
Mike : Like what?
Anto : The harvest failed ... natural disasters
occured.
a. although
c. but
b. because
d. and
/6
LATIHAN SOAL UN
Paket 3
Common types of calendars can be based on the Sun or on the Moon. The solar calendar is
based on the solar year. Since the solar year is 365.2422 days long, solar calendars consist of
regular years of 365 days and have an extra day every fourth year, or leap year, to make up for the
additional fractional amount. In a solar calendar, the waxing and waning of the moon can take
place at various stages of each month.
The lunar calendar is synchronized to the lunar month rather than the solar year. Since the
lunar month is twenty-nine and a half days long, most lunar calendars have alternating months of
twenty-nine and thirty days. A twelve month lunar year thus has 354 days shorter than a solar year.
1. What is the main idea of the passage?
(a) All calendars are the same
(b) The solar calendar is based on the sun
(c) Different calendars have dissimilar bases
(d) The lunar month is twenty-nine and a half days long
2. How is the information in the passage organized?
(a) Characteristics of the solar calendar are outlined
(b) Two types of calendars are described
(c) The strengths and weaknesses of the lunar calendar are described
144
(d) The length of each existing calendar is contrasted

HOW TO GROW RADISHES
Things you need
A well-prepared garden bed
A rake
A hose
A packet of radish seeds
What
to do
Rake garden bed carefully
Make channels 1 cm deep and 15 cm apart with back of a rake
Plant seeds 3 cm apart at the bottom of channels
Cover seeds and press down firmly with the back of a rake
Water lightly
Keep moist
When seedlings appear in 5 8 days, thin out if necessary
Apply liquid fertilizer every week
Pick crisp, fresh radishes after 5 7 weeks
3. Gwen planted some radish seeds a week ago. What would she need to do now?
(a) rake the garden bed each day
c. pick the radishes
(b) make sure the seed are covered
d. thin out the seedlings
4. What is the main purpose of the text?
(a) to give the instruction how to grow radishes
(b) to inform how important radishes are
(c) to show how radishes grow
(d) to provide information about radishes
5. The text above is a kind of
(a) anecdote
(b) procedure
(c) narrative
(d) report
6. Which of the following statements is correct according to the text above?
(a) radish is a kind of fruit
(b) radish is a kind of tree
(c) radish is a kind of flower
(d) radish is a kind of vegetable
Question number 7 9
Music, dance, play and film are kinds of (7) that entertain us from time to time. Listening
to the music can bring us a lot of fun or (8) state of mind. While watching beautiful dance,
wonderful play, and a good film can make us (9) and forget our problems fro a moment.
Thats why entertainment becomes an important and inseparable part of our life.
7. (a) entertainment
(b) edutainment
(c) advertisement
145
(d) information
8. (a) meaningful
(b) peaceful
(c) useful
(d) colorful
9. (a) sad
(b) bored
(c) happy
(d) dull
10.Brenda : Look my father has bought a new car for me.
Kelly
: Which car do you mean?
Brenda : The red one parked there.
Kelly
:
(a) What car is nice!
(b) What nice is the car!
(c) What is a nice car!
(d) What a nice car it is!
The human heart is divided into four chambers, each of which serves its own
function in the cycle of pumping blood. The atria are the thin-walled upper chambers
that gather blood as it flows from the veins between heartbeats. The ventricles are the
thick-walled lower chambers that receive blood from the atria and push it into the
arteries with each contraction of the heart. The left atrium and ventricle work
separately from those on the right. The role of the chambers on the right side of the
heart is to receive oxygen-depleted blood from the body tissues and send it on to the
lungs; the chambers on the left side of the heart of the heart then receive the oxygenenriched blood from the lungs and send it back out to the body tissues.
11.The passage indicates that the ventricles
(a) have relatively thin walls
(b) send blood to the atria
(c) are above the atria
(d) force blood into the arteries
12.According to the passage, when is blood pushed into the arteries from the
ventricles?
(a) As the heart beats
(b) Between heart beats
(c) Before each contraction of the heart
(d) Before it is received by the atria
13.According to the passage, which part of the heart gets blood from the body tissues
and passes it on to the lungs?
(a) The atria
(b) The ventricles
(c) The right atrium and ventricle
(d) The left atrium and ventricle
What does the notice mean?
(a) The dustbin must be thrown away by the students
(b) The rubbish in the dustbin must be thrown away THROW THE RUBBISH
INTO THE DUSTBIN
(c) Students must not have rubbish in the school
(d) Students should throw the rubbish into the dustbin
14.Arrange these sentences into a good order!
1
They are Asia, America, Europe, Australia and Antarctica
2
The largest continent is Asia
146
3
4
A continent is the term applied to six large landmasses on the

earths surface
The last continent is the frozen wasteland at the South pole
(a) 3 2 1 4
(b) 3 1 2 4
(c) 3 1 4 2
(d) 2 4 3 1

Elizabeth Cochrane Seaman was an American journalist at the turn of the century
who wrote for the newspaper New York World under the pen name Nellie Bly, a name
which was taken from the Stephen Foster song Nelly Bly. She achieved fame for her
exposes and in particular for the bold and adventuresome way that she obtained her
stories.
She felt that the best way to get the real story was from the inside rather than as
an outside observer who could be treated to a prettified version of reality. On one
occasion she pretended to be a thief so that she would get arrested and see for herself
how female prisoners were really treated. On another occasion she faked mental
illness in order to be admitted to a mental hospital to get the real picture on the
treatment of mental patients.
15.Which of the following is NOT true about Nellie Bly?
(a) Nellie Blys real name was Elizabeth Cochrane Seaman
(b) Nellie Bly was mentally ill
(c) The name Nellie Bly came from a song
(d) The name Nellie Bly was uses on articles that Seaman wrote
16.Which of the following is NOT mentioned as something that Nellie did to get a good
story?
(a) She acted like a thief
(b) She got arrested by the police
(c) She pretended to be ill
(d) She worked as a doctor in a mental hospital
17.A : Would you mind ., please?
B : Not at all, I will.
(a) to answer the telephone
(b) answering the telephone
(c) answer the telephone
(d) to the telephone answering
18.Michael Jordan a famous basketball player, is an Afro-American.
(a) whose
(b) with is
(c) who is
(d) whom is
19.Kimmy : Have you done the assignment?
Rossi
: Not yet. How about you?
Kimmy : ..
(a) I cant either
(b) I dont either
(c) I wont either
(d) I havent either
Question number 21 23
Budi
: I think the Olympic Games is more competitive than the World Cup.
Heri
: Well (21) I think the World Cup is not only competitive but also very
(22)
147
Budi
Heri
Budi
Heri
: Hmm, I think youre right. Both of them are competitive, popular and
also.guess what?
: What? Tell me.
: Very prestigious. Dont you agree? Only (23) country can join the games.
: I agree.
20.(a) I dont agree

(b) Im not doubt
(c) Im certain
(d) Im sure
21.(a) wonderful
(b) expensive
(c) popular
(d) attractive
22.(a) selected
(b) famous
(c) well known

(d) rich

The United States does not have a national university, but the idea has been
around for quite some time. George Washington first recommended the idea to
Congress; he even selected an actual site in Washington, D.C., and then left an
endowment for the proposed national university in his will. During the century
following the Revolution, the idea of a national university continued to receive the
support of various U.S. presidents, and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie pursued the
cause at the beginning of the present century. Although the original idea has not yet
been acted upon it continues to be proposed in bills before Congress.
23.According to the passage, the national university of the United States
(a) has been around for a while
(b) does not exist
(c) is a very recent ideas
(d) is an idea that developed during the present century
24.The passage indicates that George Washington did NOT do which of the following?
(a) He suggested the concept for a national university to Congress
(b) He chose a location for the national university
(c) He left money in his will for a national university
(d) He succeeded in establishing a national university
25.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage about Andrew Carnegie?
(a) He was interested in doing charity work and good deeds for the public
(b) He was a member of Congress
(c) He was interested in the idea of a national university
(d) He was active in the early twentieth century
26.The pronoun it in line 10 refers to
(a) the cause
(b) the beginning of the present century
(c) the original idea
(d) Congress
27.I would rather ..
(a) drink milk to coffee
(b) drinking milk than coffee
(c) drink milk to drink coffee
(d) drink milk than coffee
28.Hans : Sorry, I havent finished the work. Ive got headache
Frans : . We still have time
(a) Excuse me
148
(b) Pardon me
(c) Thats all right
(d) Thanks a lot
The Stone Age was a period of history which began in approximately 2 million
B.C. and lasted until 3000 B.C. Its name was derived from the stone tools and weapons
that modern scientists found. This period was divided into the Paleolithic, Mesolithic,
and Neolithic Ages. During the first period, (2 million to 8000 B.C.) the fist hatchet and
use of fire for heating and cooking were developed. As a result of the Ice Age, which
evolved about 1 million years into the Paleolithic Age, people were forced to seek
shelter in caves, wear clothing, and developed new tools.
During the Mesolithic Age (8000 to 6000 B.C.) people made crude pottery and the
first fish hooks, took dogs hunting, and developed a bow and arrow, which was used
until the fourteenth century A.D.
The Neolithic Age (6000 to 3000 B.C.) saw humankind domesticating sheep,
goats, pigs, and cattle, being less nomadic than in previous eras, establishing
permanent settlements, and creating governments.
29.Into how many periods was the Stone Age divided?
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
30.Which of the following was developed earliest?
(a) the fish hook
(b) the fish hatchet
(c) the bow and arrow
(d) pottery
31.Which of the following developments is NOT related to the conditions of Ice Age?
(a) farming
(b) living indoors
(c) clothing
(d) using fire
32.Which period lasted longest?
(a) Paleolithic
(b) Ice Age
(c) Mesolithic
(d) Neolithic
33.Which of the following periods saw people developed a more communal form of
living?
(a) Paleolithic
(b) Mesolithic
(c) Ice Age
(d) Neolithic
34.The author states that the Stone Age was so named because ...
(a) it was very durable
(b) the tools and weapons were made of stone
(c) there were little vegetation
(d) the people lived in caves
35.Tommy:Look, the notice say Be aware of danger. Why?
Reza : The roads around here are when it is raining.
(a) dirty
(b) heavy
149
(c) busy
(d) slippery
36.Mia : Mom, I want to make a cake.
Do you have any flour?
Mother: Yes, I have . in the cupboard.
(a) many
(b) a few
(c) any
(d) some
37.Arrange the words to make a meaningful sentence!
theyouput uppainifwantpleasuremust
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
with also you the
9
10
11
12
(a)
5-2-6-1-7-11-8-10-3-9-12-4
(b)
5-2-7-1-6-11-8-3-12-4-10-9
(c)
5-2-7-1-6-11-8-10-3-9-12-4
(d)
5-2-8-1-7-12-3-11-4-6-10-9
38.FOR PAIN
USUAL ADULT DOZE: 2 or 3 tablets four times daily: for children under twelve,
consult a physician
KEEP TIGHTLY CLOSED. AVOID EXPOSURE TO LIGHT
What is the maximum dosage for an adult?
(a) four tablets every day
(b) eight tablets every day
(c) twelve tablets every twenty-four hours
(d) three tablets every twenty-four hours
Once upon a time, there was as soldier whose back was stuck with an arrow. He
came to a surgeon. The surgeon cut the arrow and said, Ok, its enough. You may go
home now.
The soldier said, But the arrow is still stuck in my back!
While shaking his head, the surgeon said, That is an internist job. Im a surgeon
and my job has finished.
39.What happen to the soldier?
(a) He hurts because of the war
(b) His back was stuck with an arrow
(c) His leg hurts because of the fight
(d) He has a serious accident
40. That is an internist job.
The word internist means person who is expert in .
(a) performing operation
(b) dealing with teeth matters
(c) handling internal disease
(d) handling bone disease
41.The communicative purpose of this text is .
(a) to share an amusing story with others
(b) to inform readers about the soldiers problem
(c) to persuade readers to be concerned with the soldiers case
(d) to describe the soldiers experience
42.How does the writer make the scene funny?
150
(a) By arranging events in the order they happened

(b) By giving a twist in the beginning of the story
(c) By presenting a personal opinion of surgeon and internist in the end of
the story
(d) By providing additional information in the end of the story
43.Maia doesnt like iced tea
Dhanny doesnt like iced tea
The appropriate combination of the above sentences is..
(a) Maia doesnt like iced tea and Dhanny, too
(b) Maia doesnt like iced tea and either does Dhanny
(c) Maia doesnt like iced tea and Dhanny doesnt either
(d) Maia doesnt like iced tea and Dhanny doesnt neither
44.Ihsan : Did you hear the news about tsunami in
Aceh?
Phiko : No, tell me then!
Ihsan : It was bad incident, thousands of people died and great number of
buildings ruined
Phiko : .
(a) It doesnt matter
(b) I am afraid to hear that
(c) What a good news it was
(d) I am sorry to hear that
45.Hillary : If it rain, well have the party outside.
Mandy : Thats a good idea.
(b) wouldnt
(c) wont
(d) didnt
(e) doesnt
The dialogue is for number 47 48
Nina : Have you heard about Sekaten Ceremony?
Dina : Yes, why.
Nina : I want to know about it. Please tell me.
Dina
: The Sekaten Ceremony is a procession to (47) the birth of the prophet
Muhammad SAW. It is (48) annually.
47.(a) inform
(a) know
(b) announce
(c) celebrate
48.(a) played
(a) held
(b) brought
(c) placed
49.Which of the sentences below best explains the notice?
(a) Wealth is key to get happiness
WEALTH IS NO GUARANTEE OF HAPPINESS
(b) Wealth is happiness
(c) A happiness is not seen from the wealth
(d) A happiness is always seen from the wealth
Spiderman
This is the story of Peter Parker, a high school student living with his Aunt May
and Uncle Ben after the death of his parents when he was just a baby. He is an avid
student with a much-less than-stellar social life and a knack for bad luck.
151
While attending a scientific demonstration, a freak accident bombards a stray

spider with radiation, and that same spider finds its way into the unsuspecting Peters
body and bites him, miraculously granting him incredible spider-like abilities; in effect,
making him into the amazing Spiderman. Peter finds that theres a thin line between
an ordinary man and an extraordinary hero; and hell have to be the one to cross it.
50.Who is actually the Spiderman based on the text above?
(a) Uncle Ben
(b) Aunt May
(c) A high school student
(d) Peter Parker
51.What does bite Peter?
(a) Snake
(b) Crocodile
(c) Spider
(d) Scorpion
52.He is an avid student with a much less than .
The word printed in bold means
(a) diligent
(b) smart
(c) enthusiastic
(d) honest
53.. miraculously granting him incredible spider-like abilities; in effect,.
(paragraph 2, line 4)
The word printed in bold means
(a) giving in
(b) put on
(c) get out
(d) take out
54.What is the main idea of the second paragraph above?
(a) The characteristic of Spiderman
(b) How Peter Parker becomes Spiderman
(c) The dilemma of Peter Parker
(d) The orphan boy named Peter Parker
55.Arrange the following sentences into a good paragraph!
1 It all happened very quickly, people just stood and watched
2 A car stopped outside the shop and two men got out
3 He threw the brick at the window and smashed it
4 They had masks on
5 One of them held a brick in his hand
6 One man took the coats from the window and the other put them in the
back of the car
The best arrangement is
(a) 2 3 4 1 6 5
(b) 2 4 5 3 6 1
(c) 2 4 6 3 1 5
(d) 3 4 5 6 2 1
56.We have never seen such a thick rain forest before, ..?
(a) havent we
(b) didnt we
(c) have we
(d) do we
Question number 57 to 60
Sprin Summ
Autu
Winte
152
London
Melbour
ne
Washing
ton
Tokyo
g
14
18
er
29
31
mn
21
22
r
8
10
11
34
23
16
32
24
57..has an average temperature of 24 degrees in Autumn

(a) Tokyo
(b) Melbourne
(c) Washington
(d) London
58. is the coldest city in winter
(a) Tokyo
(b) Melbourne
(c) Washington
(d) London
59.Which city has the highest temperature in summer:
(a) Tokyo
(b) Melbourne
(c) Washington
(d) London
Number of
60.One of the following city is located in Asia
correct answers
continent
(a) Tokyo
(b) Melbourne
(c) Washington
(d) London
score
/6
153
Paket 4
LATIHAN SOAL UN

Vaccines are prepared from harmful viruses or bacteria and administered to
patients to provide immunity to specific diseases. The various types of vaccines are
classified according to the method by which they are derived.
The most basic class of vaccines actually contains disease-causing microorganisms that have been killed with a solution containing formaldehyde. In this type
of vaccine, the microorganisms are dead and therefore cannot cause disease;
however, the antigens found in and on the microorganisms can still stimulate the
formation of antibodies. Examples of this type of vaccine are the ones that fight
influenza, typhoid fever, and cholera.
A second type of vaccine contains the toxins produced by the micro-organisms
rather than the microorganisms themselves. This type of vaccine is prepared when the
microorganisms itself does little damage.
1. Which of the following expresses the main idea of the passage?
(a) Vaccines provide immunity to specific disease
(b) Vaccines contain disease-causing microorganisms
(c) Vaccines are derived in different ways
(d) New approaches in administering vaccines are being developed
2. How many types of vaccines are presented in the passage?
a. Two
b. Three
c. Four
d. Five
HOW TO MAKE RED AND HEALTHY SMOOTHIES
Materials
150 gram nature papaya that is cut into square form
100 gram tomatoes that are cut
100 gram carrots that are cut
100 ml vanilla syrup
100 ml sweet lemon water

154
How
250 ml soft and soda drink without the color

Ice cube
to make it
Mix papaya, tomato, carrot, vanilla syrup, sweet lemon water in the mixer
Add soda drink
Add ice cube and serve it into 3 glasses
3. How many carrots are needed according to the procedure above?

(a) 110 gram
(b) 10 kg
(c) 0,1 kg
(d) 1 kg
4. 250 ml soft and soda drink without the color.
The word printed in bold has the same meaning with
(a) sweet
(b) bitter
(c) smooth
(d) comfortable
5. What is the main aim of the text?
(a) To inform someone how to serve red and healthy smoothies
(b) To provide information about red and healthy smoothies
(c) To give information some materials and procedures to make red and healthy
smoothies
(d) To show how red and healthy smoothies is useful
6. What features do organize the piece of writing above?
(a) The materials needed to achieve the goals and its steps
(b) The reason of the activity
(c) The main characters in a setting of time and place
(d) The plot of the story
Question number7 9
When Taufik was a small boy, he had a bad (67) . He was running along a road,
where some workmen were (68) . The men were all very busy, so they didnt see
his coming. His parents who were walking along behind him called out to him but he
suddenly (69) from view. They quickly ran to the spot, where the workmen were,
and found Taufik crying at the bottom of a deep hole. He hadnt broken any bones, but
he had hurt his head very badly, so he needed to go to the hospital and had ten
7. (a) accident
(b) mistake
(c) experiment
(d) manner
8. (a) taking a rest
(b) digging a hole
(c) cutting a tree
(d) sweeping the road
9. (a) turned
(b) stopped
(c) jumped
(d) disappeared
10.Irna
: Hi mum, hi dad. How are you? I missed

you very much.
Mrs. Tono : I miss you too, dear.
Irna
: Where is your baggage?
155
Mr. Tono : There they are. We have bought three

suitcases and two large boxes.
Irna
: .
Mrs. Tono : Yes, we had to pay for the extra weight.
(a) What a heavy baggage have you?
(b) Have you a heavy baggage?
(c) What a heavy baggage you have!
(d) You have a heavy baggage!

School is in break. Melly comes to Lolas class.
Lola : Hi Melly! Lets go to the movie tonight.
Melly : Oh, I am sorry Lola, Id love to see the movie, but I cant. I have too much
homework to do tonight. Besides, there will be a test tomorrow. Perhaps next
week.
Lola
: Its too bad. I am really looking forward to going out this evening. What test
is it?
Melly : Biology. Im very displeased with it. Its absolutely not my favourite.
Lola : Come on. Its not that displeasing and difficult
either. Ill help you with that. OK, now lets see the picture in your biology
book here. This picture is about the differences between monocot and dicot
plants. Look! The differences are on the seeds, the veins of the leaves and the
flowers. Its not so hard, is it?
Melly : Well, I think so. Its a little bit clearer now. Maybe if I learn more, I will
completely understand.
Lola
: Melly, its our duty to study. Its for ourselves. Dont give up easily.
Melly : Yes, you are right. I will try to learn biology more diligently.
11.Why cant Melly accept Lolas invitation?
(a) Because of the health problem
(b) Because of the test in the next day
(c) Because of the rain
(d) Because of the distance
12.Monocot is type of plant, and .. dicot.
(a) So does
(b) So did
(c) So is
(d) So do
13.How does Melly feel about Biology subject?
(a) Like it so much
(b) Not sure of it
(c) Fond of it
(d) Dislike
PORTRAITS
Money back if not
satisfied
14.What does the notice mean?
(a) The money will be returned soon
156
(b) If someone is not satisfied with the service, her/his money will be given back to
her/him
(c) People can ask her/his money from the painter
(d) Money is useful to satisfy people
15.Arrange these sentences into a good order!
1. An umbul-umbul is a decorative flag shaped like a banana leaf and fitted on a
bamboo pole
2. On August 28, 2005 tourists in Denpasar observed a religious ritual of the
umbul-umbul festival
3. They are planted around the city square where people gathered around
4. They created hundreds of umbul-umbul
5. The ritual is held to proclaim the presence of gods
6. Participants from 49 countries took part in this festival
(a) 2 1 3 6 4 5
(b) 2 1 4 3 6 5
(c) 2 5 1 6 4 3 (d) 2 5 6 4 1 3
The largest lake in the western United States is the Great Salt Lake, an inland lake
in northwestern Utah, just outside the state capital of Salt Lake City. Rivers and
streams feed into the Great Salt Lake, but none drain out of it; this has a major
influence on both the salt content and the size of the lake.
Although the Great Salt Lake is fed by freshwater streams, it is actually saltier
than the oceans of the world. The salt comes from the more than two million tons of
minerals that flow into the lake each year from the rivers and creeks that feed it.
Sodium and chloride the components of salt comprise the large majority of the
lakes mineral content.
The Great Salt Lake can vary tremendously from its normal size of 1,700 square
miles, depending on long-term weather conditions. During periods of heavy rains, the
size of the lake can swell tremendously from the huge amounts of water flowing into
the lake from its feeder rivers and streams; in 1980 the lake even reached a size of
2,400 square miles. During periods of dry weather, the size of the lake decreases,
sometimes drastically, due to evaporation.
16.How is the information in the passage organized?
(a) Two unusual characteristics of the Great Salt Lake are discussed
(b) Contrasting theories about the Great salt Lakes salt levels are presented
(c) The process by which the Great Salt Lake gets its salt is outlined
(d) The reasons for the variations in the great Salt lakes size are given
17.The third paragraph contains information on
(a) How the size of the lake affects weather conditions
(b) The effects of contrasting weather conditions on the size of the lake
(c) The effects of changes in the size of the lake
(d) The cause of the varied weather conditions in the area
of the lake
18.His mother usually him money once a month.
(a) sending
(b) send
(c) to send
(d) sends
19.Nada : Are there any eggs in the refrigerator?
Nida : Yes, in it.
(a) There arent any
(b) There are any
(c) There arent some
(d) There are some
20.I turned around and saw a man whom I didnt know standing behind me.
157
a man whom I didnt know means..

(a) figure
(b) alien
(c) stranger
(d) foreigner
Question number 21 23
Lets stop at the (81), Mira. I want to buy a magazine, said Ratna. Yes , thats good. I want to get this weeks
Bola. There are (82) on national, regional, and international sports. We can also get (83) about our
badminton team, said Mira.
21.(a) office
(b) publishing company
public library
22.(a) advertisement
(b) articles
23.(a) magazine
(b) headlines
(c) news agent

(c) editorial
(c) brochure
(d)
(d) headlines
(d) information

According to the theory of continental drift, the continents are not fixed in
position but instead move slowly across the surface of the earth, constantly changing
in position relative to one another. This theory was first proposed in the eighteenth
century when mapmakers noticed how closely the continents of earth fit together
when they were matched up. It was suggested then that the present-day continents
had once been one large continent that had broken up into pieces which drifted apart.
Today the modern theory of plate tectonics has developed from the theory of
continental drift. The theory of plate tectonics suggests that the crust of the earth is
divided into six large, and many small, tectonic plates that drift on the lava that
composes the inner core of the earth. These plates consist of ocean floor and
continents that quite probably began breaking up and moving relative to one another
more than 200 million years ago.
24.The topic of the passage is .
(a) Continental drift
(b) The theory of plate tectonics
(c) The development of ideas about the movement of the earths surface
(d) Eighteenth-century mapmakers
25.The passage states that the theory of continental drift developed as a result of ..
(a) The fixed positions of the continents
(b) The work of mapmakers
(c) The rapid movement of continents
(d) The fit of the earths plates
26.The pronoun they in line 6 refers to .
(a) mapmakers
(b) continents
(c) pieces
(d) tectonic plates
27.Which of the following is NOT true about the theory of plate tectonics
(a) It is not as old as the theory of continental drift
(b) It evolved from the theory of continental drift
(c) It postulates that the earths surface is separated into plates
(d) It was proposed by mapmakers
158
28.Jono
: The plant is lack of water.
Mardi : I agree with you. It is .... for the tree to produce fruits.
(a) certain
(b) possible
(c) impossible
(d) positive
29.Mark
: Have you been to the BOA bank?
Will
: Yes, why?
Mark
: .. is the service?
Will
: Its satisfying.
(a) How brave
(b) How far
(c) How long
(d) How good
In Kansas at the turn of the century, Edwin and Amy Earhart doted on their active
daughters Amelia and Muriel. Edwin gave the girls footballs and riffles, while Amy
shocked the community by dressing them in gym suits instead of skirts. Edwins job
caused the family to move from town to town, and the girls interest in rough sports
and shooting rats raised eyebrows wherever they went.
Amelias parents did not pressure her to reform as she grew older, even when she
dabbled in the domains of science and automobile mechanics. But in 1920, when she
went aloft an air show and returned home determined to learn how to fly,
30.Amelias mother was named
(a) Muriel
(b) Amelia
(c) Amy
(d) Kinner
31.The word them in line 4 refers to
(a) Amelia and Muriel
(b) footballs and riffles
(c) Edwin and Amy
(d) gym suits and skirts
32.According to the passage, Edwin gave the girls which of the following items?
(a) An airplane
(b) Footballs
(c) An Automobil
(d) Gym suits
33.It may be inferred from the passage that, at the turn of the century, it was the
LEAST common for the girls to
(a) wear skirts
(b) have doting parents
(c) move from town to town
(d) play with riffles
34.In what way did Amelias mother help Amelia in her carreer?
(a) By helping her to buy a plane
(b) By taking her to an air show
(c) By pressuring her to become a pilot
(d) By giving her flying lesson
159
Once upon a time there was a beautiful place called Neverland where Peter Pan and
Tinker Bell lived. Not so far from this place is the city of London where John, Wendy
and Michael Darling lived. They really loved the story of Peter. One day Peter Pan
appeared and asked the children to fly to Neverland. They were very excited to see the
scenery and beauty of Neverland. Then they were surprised to know the existence of a
cruel pirate called Captain Hook. One day Captain Hook captured Tinker Bell and
forced her to show Peter Pans place. In doing so all Peters friends The Darling were
captured and taken to the pirate ship. Captain Hook frightened the children by putting
them on the plank.
Suddenly Peter Pan appeared and stopped everything. In a fierce duel, he threw Hook
and all the pirates overboard. Hook was chased away by a crocodile, and nobody cared
to save him.
The Darling were so happy and thankful to Peter Pan. They told Peter Pan their
intention to go home. With the sprinkle of Tinker Bells Pixie Dust, Captain Hooks
pirate ship was sailing through the skies of Neverland, heading back to the Darlings
home in London.
35.Where is the plank that was used by Captain Hook to frighten the children?
(a) In Hooks ship
(b) In Peters home
(c) In Neverland
(d) In London
36.What is the problem faced by Peter Pan ?
(a) The Darling left their home and flew to Neverland
(b) Peters friends were captured by Captain Hook.
(c) The ship flew over the sky to the city of London
(d) Captain Hook and Peter Pan had a fierce duel
37.We can learn from the story that .
(a) Braveness in needed to be a hero
(b) Good and right things will win
(c) A beautiful scenery is good to see
(d) Neverland is a place for children
WOODS
Pepermint Antitusisive
Indication :
Non Productive Cough Usage
Direction
Adult and Children > 12 Years :
2 teaspoon (10ml) 3 times a day
Children 6-12 years :
1 Teaspoon (5 ml) 3 times a day
Keep at room temperature
Avoid from direct sunlight
38.What is the name of the medicine ?

(a) Peppermint (b) Cough medicine
(c) Woods
(d) Syrup
39.What is the medicine made from?
(a) Syrup
(b) Tablet
(c) Pill
(d) Powder
40.What is the dosage for a seven years old child?
(a) 2 teaspoon, 3 times a day
(b) 1 teaspoon, 3 times a day
(c) 2 spoonful, 3 times a day
(d) 1 spoonful, 3 times a day
160
Once in a forest there live a cat and a rabbit. They were very good friends. One day
when they were walking together the forest, they found a big ...(101) of cheese.
They were very pleased, and agreed to share (102). They decided that the rabbit
should divide it equally, ... (103) he could not. One piece was a little bit bigger than
the other.
41.(a) loaf
42.(a) it
43.(a) and
(b) bowl
(c) piece
(b) them
(c) its
(b) because (c) so
(d) bunch
(d) their
(d) but
44.Reza : Can we finish this homework tomorrow? That is the due date our teacher
told us last week.
Tata : Dont worry. We will have finished it by 8 a.m. tomorrow.
The underlined statement shows
(a) agreement (b) disagreement (c) pessimism
(d) optimism
A
Rp. 800.000,-
B
Rp.1.500.000,-
Rp. 1.200.000,-
Rp.2.000.000
45.TV A is .. than TV C.
(a) bigger
(b) expensive
(c) cheapest
(d) cheaper
46.Which is the correct sentence based on the picture?
(a) TV B is smaller than TV A
(b) TV C is more expensive than TV D
(c) TV D is the most expensive
(d) TV A is bigger than TV B
47.Nena : Rani, look! This is a very beautiful dress.
Rani : Wow! .. Ive never seen yet before.
Nena : Yes, neither have I.
(a) What is a beautiful dress!
(b) How beautiful the dress is!
(c) How a beautiful dress it is!
(d) What beautiful is it!
48.Mr. Miftah : All the farmers are happy.
Mr. Lala
: Why do you say that?
Mr. Miftah : The weather is good these days, ..?
There is not too much water for their paddy. So
their crop will be better.
Mr. Lala
: Yes, youre right.
(a) doesnt it
(b) is it
(c) isnt it
(d) does it
49.Dita
Dina
Dita
: Do you know that Sasha is taking piano lesson now?

: Yes, I do.
: . does she practice in a week?
161
Dina
: Twice a week.
Dita
: Oh, I see.
(a) How old
(b) How long (c) How often
(d) How much
50.Harun has read Kompas and Suara Merdeka. .. them are very famous. I like to
read them very much.
(a) Some of
(b) A lot of (c) Both of (d) All of
One of the tallest and most interesting animals in the zoo is giraffe. This is the
giraffe we saw at the zoo. It is male and it is about six meters tall.
The giraffe has big crown eyes which are protected by very thick lashes. The
lashes are an important source of protection. They can also cover the giraffe nostrils
in other to protect its nose. It has brown spots on the skin and this coloring helps
protect the giraffe. The giraffe also has two short horns in its head. Like the camel,
the giraffe can go for a long time without drinking water. One source of water is the
leave which the giraffe eat from trees. Since it is so tall, the giraffe can reach the
tender leaves at the top of a tree. The giraffe lives in small herds and often feed with
other animals. A baby giraffe is two meters tall at birth. It can stand up by itself
within a few minutes after birth and can run well in about two days.
The giraffe has two method of save protection. If something frightens an adult
giraffe, it can gallop way at about fifty kilometers per hour or stay to fight with its
strong leg.
51.A good title is
(a) Giraffe and Camel
(b) The Interesting Animal
(c) A Small African Animal
(d) The Tallest Animal
52.From the description we may conclude that giraffe
(a) eat tree leaves for water
(b) need water and do no need leaves
(c) do not need much water
(d) need more water than camel
53.Its very common to see a giraffe
(a) with other giraffe
(b) in all parts of Africa
(c) alone
(d) around the world
54.The word gallop in the last sentence means
(a) five
(b) protect
(c) run
(d) work
55.A giraffe is about meters long.
(a) four
(b) five
(c) six
(d) two
In Indonesia we only have two kinds of seasons, those are rainy and dry season.
If the sun is the north of equator, the wind will blow from Australia continent. It doesnt
carry much water. There is dry season in Indonesia from April to October. The farmers
usually plant the second crops, like beans, potatoes, corn, onion, and vegetables.When
162
the sun is the south of equator the wind blow from Asia continent through wide Ocean.
It will be very glad. They can plant carry much stream air, and there begins rainy
season in our country. The farmers will be very glad. They can plant rice in their field,
the flowers are flourishing and much kind of fruit are produced.
During rainy season sometimes rain falls heavily. Heavy rain can bring the flood.
The governments have to work to prevent the flood.
56.What is the first paragraph talk about?
(a) The Australian continent
(b) The agricultural products
(c) The season in Indonesia
(d) The weather in Indonesia
57.What do farmers do in the dry season? They
(a) Plant rice
(b) Plant second crops
(c) Plant fruits
(d) Are very glad
58.It doesnt carry much water (in the first paragraph).
The word it refers to
(a) the farmer
(b) the season
(c) the wind
(d) the rain
Look at the traffic sign!
It means
(a) the road is winding
(b) the road is slippery
(c) the car may not enter this
street
(d) there are a lot of winding
turns
The text is for number 60
Breakfast is provided free of charge. We also have special discount on food and drink
at our restaurant for all registered guests. On top of that, theres a fifty percent
discount for children below 12 at our restaurant. We are located close to the apple
garden and butterfly farm. You can also see the sunset and sunrise from your room.
Children would also be entitled to free horse riding lesson every morning.
Rp. 430.000 per night.
COOL HEAVEN,
BATU HIGHLANDS, MALANG.
Reservation
: (0341) 7689980
Email
: coolheaven@yahoo.com
59.Which is free of charge in the hotel?
(a) Having food and drinks in the restaurant
(b) Having breakfast and horse riding lesson
(c) Entering the apple garden
(d) Staying for nights.
Number of
correct
answers
score
/6
163
LATIHAN SOAL UN
Paket 5
The text is for number 1 - 2
Breakfast is provided free of charge. We also have special discount on food and drink
at our restaurant for all registered guests. On top of that, theres a fifty percent
discount for children below 12 at our restaurant. We are located close to the apple
garden and butterfly farm. You can also see the sunset and sunrise from your room.
Children would also be entitled to free horse riding lesson every morning.
Rp. 430.000 per night.
COOL HEAVEN,
BATU HIGHLANDS, MALANG.
Reservation
: (0341) 7689980
Email
: coolheaven@yahoo.com
1.
Who is the fifty percent discount given to?

(a) All registered guests
(b) 14 years old children
(c) 11 years old children
(d) Adult people
2.
On the top of that, theres fifty percent discount for children below 12 at our
restaurant. The underlined word means
(a) over
(b) after
(c) under
(d) in the age of
3. We will find this instruction in the following places, EXCEPT

Switch off all electronic appliances when you
dont need them.
(a) at home
(b) along the street (c) in the office
(d) at school
Organization
4. Hilda
: Excuse me,Student
miss Teta.
Can you lend me encyclopedia for three days?
SMP Negeri 2 Jl. Jaka Sembung No. 62
Miss Teta : ..
the
encyclopedia
only
be read here.
Tangerang 15223, Telp.can
(021)
7365859
(a) Certainly
(b) Excuse me
(c) Im sorry (d) I am sure
Dear
Ratih,
We invite you to attend our meeting that will be held :
On Saturday, Januari, 27, 2007.
At 11:00 a.m.
In the school hall.
Agenda : Final preparation for wall magazines competition 2007.
please come on time.
See you there !
Diana
Burhan hermiyanto_i@yahoo.co.id
Secretary
Chairperson
164
5. Where will the meeting be held?

(a) At Ratihs house
(b) At Burhans room
(c) At Dianas office
(d) At school
6. Which statement is CORRECT according to the text?
(a) Ratih is not a student of SMP Negeri 2 Tangerang
(b) Burhan and Diana ask ratih to write articles for school magazine
(c) The student organization of SMP Negeri 2 will have a meeting
(d) Ratih is the secretary of the students organization
Early people wore animal . (126) to keep them warm, but about 10.000 years ago
people learned how to make (127). They used a spindle to spin wool, cotton, flax,
or hemp into thread, which could be woven into fabric. These fabrics were then made
into clothes.
7. (a) flesh (b) hair
8. (a) flesh (b) cave
(c) skin
(c) cloth
(d) scale
(d) house
9. Tom Today is a holiday isnt it? Shall we go swimming?

Yudhi : Yes, thats a good idea but dont you see the sky? Its cloudy. I think ..
(a) It will be a nice day
(b) you are going to get wet
(c) It is going to rain
(d) I will go to swim
10.Shilla : Hello, Nadya!
Nadya : Hi, Shilla. Are you busy now?
Shilla : Yes. Im preparing for my birthday party.?
Nadya : Id love to.
(a) Would you mind closing the window for me
(b) Would you like to come to my birthday party
(c) Would you mind passing the salt
(d) Would you like to post the letter for me
Ice ages, those periods when ice covered extensive areas of the Earth, are known
to have occurred at least six times. Past ice ages can be recognized from rock strata
that show evidence of foreign materials deposited by moving walls of ice or melting
glaciers. Ice ages can also be recognized from land formations that have been
produced from moving walls of ice, such as U-shaped valleys, sculptured landscapes,
and polished rock faces.
11.
According to the passage, what happens during an ice age?

(a) Rock strata are recognized by geologists
(b) Evidence of foreign materials is found
165
(c) Ice covers a large portion of the Earths surface

(d) Ice melts six times
12.The passage covers how many different methods of recognizing past ice ages?
(a) One (b) Two
(c) Three
(d) Four
13.According to the passage, what in the rock strata is a clue to geologists of a past
ice age?
(a) Ice
(b) Melting glaciers
(c) U-shaped valleys
(d) Substance from others areas
14.Mr. Tanaka visits Kyoto once a month, ..?
(a) didnt he
(b) doesnt he
(c) isnt he (d) wont he
15.Kaka : Tell me how long you have been here.
Sheva: Five days. We arrived on Friday the 10 th.
Kaka : Youve visited many places, I think.
Sheva : Yes, and we ..to Lombok tomorrow. We still have a three-day tour here.
(a) fly
(b) flew
(c) will flew (d) have flown
16.Ray will continue his study in Brighton if he . scholarship from Full Bright
Foundation. .
(a) obtains
(b) has obtained
(c) will obtain (d) obtained
Kemari
Kemari is a traditional Japanese game believed to have orogonated in China.
The game can be played by twelve players, all wearing traditional clothes called
Kariginu, complete with a conical hat. The outfit may look more appropriate for a stage
performance, but apparently there are what ancient Japanese wore when they were
working out!
The players gather in a square marked with different trees (pine, maple, cherry,
and willow) on its corner. A ball called mari and made from deer skin is thrown into the
air.
The players have to keep the ball in the air by kicking it. The longer the ball
stays in the air, the more exciting the game is. They shout ariyaaa! (Here we go!)
whenever they kick the ball up, and when they pass the ball to another player they
shout ari (Here!). You can always hear ariyaaa, ariyaaa, ari! when a game of Kemari is
in full swing.
17.How many players play kemari game?
(a) 11players
(b) 12 players
(c) 13 players
(d) 14 players
18.more appropriate for a stage performance, but apparently these are
(Paragraph 1, line 5). The word prined in bold has the same meaning with
(a) exhibition
(b) appearance
(c) experience
(d)
consequence
19.What is the main idea of the text above?
(a) To tell how interesting kemari is
(b) The information and how to play kemari
(c) To give a particular information of Japan
(d) To write how to entertain the reader
20.Ali and Rahmat are twenty six years old. Budi is four years younger than Rahmat.
Deny is nineteen years old. It means that
(a) Budi is older than Ali
(b) Rahmat is younger than Budi
(c) Ali is younger than Deny
(d) Ali is as old as Rahmat
21.Arya
: Why didnt the boy pass his exam?
Aji : Because he never studied hard at home, ?
166
(a) didnt he
(b) doesnt he
(c) did he
(d) is he
22.Femmy : Hi, Cit! I bring a photo of my brother.
Citta
: May I have a look?
Femmy : Of course. Here it is.
Citta
: Wow. He is very good looking. is he?
Femmy : 175 cm.
(a) How high
(b) How far (c) How tall (d) How long
If you are looking for excitement and you are planning a trip to Australia, you will
be able to visit the Darwin Emu Farm. It has the best emu display in Australia. You can
see varieties of emu.
The farm is located 40 km from the center of Darwin and is an easy drive south
towards Litchfield Park. The farm is open from Monday to Saturday from 10 a.m. to 4
p.m. It has been operating since 1960 and visited every year by thousands of overseas
and local tourists.
Recently, walking tours were introduced. By taking a walking tour you are able to
see how emus live in the wild. Their natural habitat has been carefully recreated.
Apart from the walking tours you can watch the emus being fed. This happens
daily at 2 p.m. If you would like you can have your photo taken with a baby emu.
At the farm there is also a well-stocked souvenir shop where you can buy belts,
handbags, earrings and shoes. All made from emu skin. Perhaps you would prefer to
try some emu meat in the cafeteria or an emu omelette made from fresh emu eggs.
23.Where is the Darwin Emu Park located?
(a) 40 km from Litchfield Park
(b) 40 km from Darwin
(c) In the center of Darwin
(d) In the Litchfield Park
24.What would the visitor of the farm find at the shop?
(a) A factory of emu souvenirs
(b) Emu that have been tamed
(c) Souvenirs made from emu skin
(d) The oldest emu in the captivity
25.The farm would attract a lot of tourist because itin Australia.
(a) was the first emu farm
(b) is the largest emu farm
(c) has the best emu display
(d) has the biggest emu
26.You cannot play the piano. I cannot play the piano.
It means that you cannot play the piano and
(a) I dont either
(b) neither can I
(c) neither cant I
(d) I can either
27.Jodi :Does everybody agree with Baris idea?
Ivan : What is it?
Jodi : Well go .next Saturday.
Ivan : It sounds great. We can enjoy the scenery from the top.
(a) diving into the sea
(b) mountain climbing
(c) swimming at the beach
(d) fishing on the lake
28.Ayu
: Promise to visit my house, okay?
Adi: Yes, sure, .if I go home town.
167
(a) I will visit your house

(b) I visit your house
(c) I have visited your house
(d) I would visit your house
29.Phiko : Which do you like better, nasi goreng or satay?
Adya : I nasi goreng to satay.
(a) need
(b) like
(c) prefer
(d) want
30.Rearrange the sentences into a good paragraph.
1. Mom : Of course not. This is wet season.
2. Child : Im sorry. Im forget. Okay we will come.
3. Child : Mom, tomorrow is Sunday. Can I go to swim in
the river?
4. Mom : Remember, next Sunday we must come to your
grandpas birthday party.
5. Child : How about swim in the swimming pool?
6. Child : Why Mom?
7. Mom : Im sorry you cant
(a) 3 7 5 1 6 4 2
(b) 3 1 5 7 6 4 2
(c) 3 4 5 7 6 1 2
(d) 3 4 5 7 2 1 6
The text is for question number 31 - 34
Indonesia consists of different ethnic groups, languages, cultures and
traditions. The 17.00 island forming the worlds largest archipelago chain is the
home to more than 200 million people descended from over 200 different ethnic
groups. There are over 350 different languages spoken. Bahasa Indonesia, the
national language, seems to be a second language and not their mother tongue. It is
spoken as the first language only in the provinces of West Sumatra and the Riau
Island.
Though Bahasa Indonesia is derived from Bahasa Melayu, there are some
differences in meaning and pronunciation. Recently, there is a move to make Bahasa
Indonesia (and Bahasa Melayu) accepted as one of the official languages of the
Association of South East. Asian countries. This would give significant to Bahasa
Indonesia and make the learning of it more useful for the not only in Indonesia but
also in Malaysia, Singapore, and Brunei.
31.How many ethnic groups does Indonesia have?
(a) About 350
(b) More than 200
(c) Less than 200
(d) Around 170
32.Paragraph I tells us about . That consists of different ethnic
groups, language cultures and traditions.
(a) an archipelago
(b) a mother tongue
(c) a population
(d) a Chain
33.Which statement is NOT TRUE about the Indonesian
language ?
(a) There is a move to make it as one of the official
168
languages of Asean.
(b) It is the national language of Indonesia.
(c) It is the mother tongue of all Indonesia people.
(d) It is derived from the Malay language.
34.The Indonesia language becomes the second language for many ethnic groups
because .
(a) they have their own mother tongues
(b) they think their languages are not good
(c) they want their own languages to be a national language
(d) the Indonesia language has been used by other countries.
35.Ari: This train has served passengers since 1912
Dita :Wow! What an old train!
The underlined word expresses
(a) question
(b) uncertainty
(c) amazement
(d) obligation
36.Retno : Is our education the same as one in Brunai
Darussalam?
Ivan : I dont think so Education in Indonesia is expensive. education in Brunai
Darussalam is free of charge.
(a) although
(b) therefore
(c) so
(d) but
37.The driver was sleepy so the bus hit the shop selling petrol. The bus was burnt.
Most of the .. were caught by fire and died.
(a) visitors
(b) passengers
(c) pedestrians
(d) customers
38.Jane : Dont throw away garbage here.
Shiva : Why not?
Jane : .
(a) Its either fresh or dangerous
(b) Its both messy and dirty
(c) Its not only fresh but messy as well
(d) Its neither messy nor dirty
39. Be quiet! My brother .in his room.
(a) studies
(b) will study
(c) is studying
(d) has studied
40. Arrange the jumbled words into a good sentence!
tourists every year Bali many visit foreign
1
2
3
4
5
6
(a) 2 4 1 6 5 3
(b) 3 5 4 6 1 2
(c) 4 6 1 2 5 3
(d) 4 6 1 5 3 2
169

Access to National Park Ujung Kulon
* To National Park Ujung Kulon by boat (5-6 hour) from Labuhan
* To Labuhan by minibus from Jakarta (3-4 hour ) or bogor. Or a bus to Merak from Kali
deres bus station in Jakarta. Get out in Cilegon and cacth a bus to Labuhan. The boat
from Labuhan for Pulau Peucang or Tamanjaya.
* from Sumatra by Ferry to Merak. From Merak, take the bus to Jakarta, jump off in
Cilegon and from there see above, minibuses may be going all the way from Merak
to Labuhan.
* An over land cheaper alternative to access the park. Take a minibus or boat from
Labuhan to Sumur. In Sumur get a taxi to Taman Jaya you II be able to arrange a
boat to pulau peucang or pulau Handeleum. Krakatau is best visited from Labuhan.
* Permits, guides, and accommodation can be arranged at the PHPA office in Labuan
41.
How long does it taken from Labuhan to Ujung Kulon

National Park by boat?
(a) 3- 4 Hours
(b) 5- 6 Hours
(c) 4- 5 Hours
(d)4- 6 Hour
42. Visitors usually go from Sumatra to Merak by
(a) ferry
(b) boat
(c) bus
(d) plane
43. Besides by boat, there is also transportation
(a) by train
(b) by minibus
(c) by plane
(d) by boat
44. From Labuhan, the boat leaves for
(a) pulau peucang only
(b) pulau peucang or Taman Jaya
(c) pulaupanaitan
(d) pulau Handeleum
45. Besides to National Park Ujung Kulon from Labuhan, we can visit
(a) mount Bromo
(b) mount Merapi
(c) mount Krakatau
(d) mount Agung
46. Someone who give information about everything in tour
resort or recreational places is called
(a) police
(b) guide
(c) driver
(d) receptionist
47. The popular animal from Ujung Kulon is
(a) komodo
(b) crocodile
(c) snake
(d) rhinoceros
170
48.
The pictures show that ..

(a) the kettle is the cheapest
(b) the iron is more expensive than the mixer
(c) the iron is the most expensive
(d) the mixer is cheaper than the kettle.
49. The rich woman has two houses, .?
(a) has she
(b) hasnt she
(c) does she
(d) doesnt she
50. Bob : I see the sky very dark today.
Tom : How can we go out tonight?
Bob : I dont have any idea.
Tom : We will go by taxi if
(a) It is raining
(b) It rained
(c) It rains.
(d) it is going to rain
Number of
correct
answers
score
/5
LATIHAN SOAL UN
171
PAKET 6
During the nineteenth century, the mechanization of farming and the fencing
of rangeland opened the agricultural heart of North America to intensive
development. As the natural geographic center of this region, Chicago became
the crossroads of a vast transportation network. The great waterway systems of
the Mississippi valley and the Great Lakes were linked in Chicago in 1847, when
the Illinois-Michigan Canal was opened to traffic. Within the next year, rail lines
began to operate trains to and from the city. The rise of agricultural activity
demanded facilities for the storage and milling of grain, the slaughtering of cattle,
and the processing and shipment of meat. The manufacture of farm machinery
branched out into the basic metal-fabricating and woodworking industries. This
soon attracted banks and other financial institutions. Four years after the end of
the Civil War, Chicago was already established as the focal point of the largest
system of inland waterways in the world and the hub of a rail network that
extended to the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts. The productive potential of the
city was unparalleled, and the pace of its industrial expansion reached explosive
proportions.
1.
What is the main topic of the passage?
(a)
The effects of the Civil War on the development of Chicago
(b)
The effects of intensive farming in North America
(c)
The evolution of Chicago as an industrial center
(d)
The impact of agriculture on industrial development
2.
In the nineteenth century, the farming areas around Chicago developed
rapidly because
(a)
new irrigation waterways were built
(b)
men who had been soldiers provided a plentiful work force
(c)
new machinery permitted farming on a large scale
(d)
the slaughtering of cattle turned much rangeland into farmland
3.
Why did Chicago initially begin to grow?
(a)
It was located in the middle of a productive area
(b)
Its industries attracted jobless people
(c)
It could provide food for a large local population
(d)
Its wealthy inhabitants invested their money there
4.
Chicago was primarily important to the cattle industry as a ..
(a)
market for meat
(b)
center of veterinary medicine
(c)
breeding center
(d)
place to finance cattle purchases
5.
When did Chicagos first railroad service begin?
(a)
1846
(b)
1848
(c)
1847
(d)
1849
6.
According to the passage, bankers were primarily attracted to Chicago
because of
(a)
the outbreak of the Civil War in the East
(b)
the increase in manufacturing activity
(c)
good opportunities for travel
(d)
schools that trained qualified economists
7.
Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the text as a major factor in
Chicagos growth?
(a)
New railroad lines
(b)
Innovative farm equipment
172
(c)
(d)
Increased water transportation networks

Rising demand for the manufacture of explosives
8.
After examine the patient, the doctor write a
a. Recipe
c. Receipt
b. Prescription
d. Drug
9.
Teacher : Why are forest important for us?
Ferry
: We can find . plants which are used as medicines, but also
export
commodities such as timbers, rattan as well as rubbers in the
forests.
a. both
c. either
b. not only
d. neither
10. Mother : Nadya, please give me some salt!
Nadya : There is not .. salt left in the container. Shall I buy some now?
Mother : Yes, please.
a. a few
c. any
b. a little
d. many
11. Nisa
: How often do you go to the market?
Nadine : . a week, every Saturday evening.
a. four times
c. twice
b. three times
d. once
12. 1) He could not move.
2) Soon an ambulance came.
3) He felt down from a tree and broke his ankle.
4) Anto was playing in the garden.
5) His father rang for ambulance.
The best arrangement is .
a. 2 4 3 1 5
c. 4 2 3 1 5
b. 4 3 1 5 2
d. 4 3 1 2 5
Hay fever is a seasonal allergy to pollens; the term hay fever, however, is a
less than adequate description since an attack can be brought on by sources
other than hay-producing grasses. Hay fever is generally caused by air-borne
pollens, particularly ragweed pollen. The amount of pollen in the air is largely
dependent on geographical location, weather, and season. In the eastern section
of the United States, for example, there are generally three periods when pollen
from various sources can cause intensive hay fever suffering: in the springtime
months of March and April when pollen from trees is prevalent, in the summer
month of June and July when grass pollen fills the air, and at the end of August
when ragweed pollen is at its most concentrated levels.
13. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?
(a) The relationship between Season and Allergies
(b) Misconceptions and Facts about Hay Fever
(c) Hay Fever in the Eastern U.S
(d) How Ragweed Causes Hay Fever
14. According to the passage, which of the following helps to explain why the
term hay fever is somewhat of a misnomer?
(a) A strong fever occurs after an attack
(b) The amount of pollen in the air depends on geographical location
(c) Hay fever is often caused by ragweed pollen
(d) Grass pollen is prevalent in June and July
173
15. Which of the following is NOT discussed in the passage as a determining

factor of the amount of pollen in the air?
(a)
Place
(b)
Climate
(c)
Time of Year
(d)
Altitude
16. Which of the following is NOT true about hay fever in the eastern U.S.?
(a)
Suffering from hay fever is equally severe year-round
(b)
Pollen from trees causes hay fever suffering in the spring
(c)
Grass pollen fills the air earlier in the year than ragweed pollen
(d)
Ragweed pollen is most prevalent at the end of the summer
17. Ahmad : !
Tata
: Excuse me?
Ahmad : The road is slippery, you might
fall.
Tata
: Thanks for the warning.
a. come in
c. be careful
b. welcome
d. all right
18. Ega : Have you ever been to Lake Sarangan,Wo?
Bowo : Yes, I have. Even last holiday, I ..
there together with my friends for a picnic.
a. began
c. brought
b. went
d. decided
19. Tasya : ...... Hantu Jeruk Purut
before?
Shita : Not yet. But I want to watch it.
a. Have you ever watch
b. Have you ever watched
c. Have you ever look
d. Have you ever looking for
20. Mr.Ali
: It was such a good presentation. Who is she?
Mr.Bram : Thats my new secretary.
Mr. Ali
: Tell me more about her.
Mr.Bram : Well, she is not only smart but also. 3 languages very well.
a. will speak
c. is speaking
b. has spoken
d. can speak

RAFFLESIA ARNOLDI
The vast Archipelago and the chain of islands has made Indonesia the home of
large variety of plant life. The Indonesian flora ranges from the tiny orchid to the
giant rafflesia plant. No wonder many botanists were curious to study these
plants.
The Rafflesia arnoldi is the biggest flower in the world. It is unusual because of
its large size. It has flower almost a meter in diameter and 1.40 meters in high.
Rafflesia is derived from the name of British Governor General, Sir Stamford
Raffles, who once governed and build the Bogor Botanical Garden in Bogor.
Though it is called Rafflesia after Raffles, the man who discovered the plant was
Beccary, an Italian botanist who visited Sumatra in 1928.
174
Rafflesias consist of two parts: the stick-like part which grows in the middle
and the petals around and bellows it.
The Rafflesia plant begins to flowers in its ten year. It blooms three or four
time a year. Before it begins to flower, the leaves and the stem become dry and
look dead, but the main root in the ground is still alive.
While the flower is blooming, it has a very unpleasant smell which attracts
insects, especially green flies. They seem eager to explore the flower. But if the
flies tough the bottom part of the stick, like centre, they will die.
21. The part which grows in the middle is.
a. stick
c. root
b. petal
d. leaves
22. How many part does Rafflesia have?
a. One
c. Three
b. Two
d. Four
23. The size of Rafflesia arnoldi is..
a. 1.40 meters in diameter and 1 meter in high.
b. 1.40 meters in diameter and 1.40 meters in
high.
c. 1 meter in diameter and 1.40 meters in high
d. 1 meter in diameter and 1 meter in high.
24. How many times does Rafflesia arnoldi bloom a year?
a. One and two times.
b. Two and three times.
c. Three and five times.
d. Three and four times
25. Who built Bogor Botanical Garden?
a. Sir Stamford Raffles.
b. The Italian Governor
c. Beccary
d. The British Governor General
26. Afifa
: ..?
Shilla
: I like to watch Indonesia today.
a. What articles do you like to read
b. What radio program do you like to listen
c. What film do you like to see
d. What TV program do you like to watch
27. Nani : It is very hot, ?
Novi : Yes, please. I am very thirsty now.
a. can159
you help me
Jl. Garuda
b. would you help me, please
Surabaya
c. would you like a drink
d. do you want to eat
March 30, 2008
Question
number
Dear
Ratih, 28 30
Im sorry I havent informed you about my holiday yet. Actually Raka and I want to go
to your town as soon as possible. But, my father doesnt let us go your house alone. We have
to wait for our fathers holiday.
We will leave on next Saturday evening by train. We will arrive at your town on Sunday
at about two p.m. I hope you can pick us up athermiyanto_i@yahoo.co.id
the railways station.
175
Thats all my information. I hope we will spend our holidays happily. Give my best
regards to Uncle, Aunt, Riko, Edi, and Joko.
28. How would Putris family go to Ratihs house ?

a. By car
c. by train
b. By bus
d. By plane
29. When would they arrive at Ratihs house ?
a. On Saturday afternoon
b. On Saturday evening
c. On Sunday afternoon
d. On Sunday evening
30. Who is Putris brother ?
a. Raka
c. Edi
b. Riko
d. Joko
31.Jason : I heard that you saw music concert last
night. How was the
concert?
Ivan : Wow, it was so interesting. All the audiences enjoyed the concert ..... it
ended.
a. before
c. until
b. after
d. when
32.
Vina : Whats wrong with you?
Shika : Why?
Vina : You look so ......
Shika : Ive got a headache.
a. fresh
c. sad
b. pale
d. cute
33.
Yudha : Whats your father?

Oscar : He s a ......... He builds the buildings especially wall.
a. carpenter
c. mechanic
b. butcher
d. bricklayer
34.
Reza : Which one do you like, shorts or trousers?
Devo : I always wear trousers.
From the dialogue we know that Devo ....
a.
prefers wearing trousers than shorts
b.
likes wearing trousers better than shorts
c.
prefers shorts to trousers
d.
likes shorts better than trousers
35. Dhiwang : I cant install my computer. What about you, Putra?
Putra
: ...........
a. I cant too
c. So can I
b. Neither cant I
d. I cant either
Destinati
on
Bali
Jakarta
Cost
Days
Rp.
350.000,Rp.
280.000,-
Tourists
Objects
7
6
176
36.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Based on the table above the right information is...

Going to Bali needs less money than to Jakarta
Traveling to Jakarta covers less time than to Bali
There are more tourists objects in Jakarta than Bali
Having holiday in Bali can visit few tourists objects than in
Jakarta

Receptionist : Good afternoon, Aira Hotel, can I
help you?
Ihsan
: Good afternoon. Yes. Can you tell
me how much a single room with a
bath costs per night?
Receptionist : Yes, Sir. A single room without
breakfast included, costs one
hundred and twenty-five thousand
Rupiahs per night.
Ihsan
: Good. Have you got any rooms
available at the end of May?
Receptionist : Yes, we have. How long would
you like to stay?
Ihsan
: Id like to stay for two weeks,
from the twenty-eight of May to
the tenth of June.
Receptionist : Fine. A single room with bath?
Ihsan
: Yes, please.
Receptionist : And the name, please?
Ihsan
: Ihsan. Thats I H S A N.
Receptionist : Let me see... We have a room on
the third floor, number 361.
Ihsan
: That sounds fine. Ill take it.
37.
a.
b.
c.
d.
What is the room that Ihsan wants to book?

A single room
A single room with bath
A double room
A double room without bath
a.
b.
How much does the room cost?

100.000 rupiahs
120.000 rupiahs
a.
b.
c.
d.
When will Ihsan stay in the hotel?

May 18th to June 10th
a.
b.
c.
d.
Which of the following statement is true according to the dialogue above?

Ihsan is asking how many rooms in the hotel are
Ihsan wants to stay in the hotel for two weeks
Ihsan books a double room with bath
Ihsan gets a room on the second floor
38.
39.
40.
c. 125.000 rupiahs
d. 150.000 rupiahs
177
41.
a.
b.
The word it in the last sentence refers to....

a floor
c. a room
a number
d. a hotel
42.
Sri
: Whats the matter?
Dwi : Oh, Sri. Ive got a terrible headache.
Sri : Poor you. Why dont you take some ...
a. snacks
c. clothes
b. tablets
d. operations
43.
Biyan : Your sister never cheats during the test,

......?
Sasha : Thats right. She is an honest student.
a. do you
c. dont you
b. does she
d. doesnt she
44.
Rakha : Have you read this magazine?

Putra : Yes, why?
Rakha : ..................!
Putra : Youre right. All articles here are
important for us to be read.
a.
What good magazine is it
b.
How good the magazine is
c.
What a good magazine is it
d.
How good magazine is this
45.
Arrange these sentences to make a paragraph!

1 They had to stay in a hotel
2 They looked for some hotels to stay the night
3 Budi and Angga went to Bandung last holiday
4 They didnt have any relatives there
5 So the didnt need to eat out
6 They enjoyed staying in the hotel very much
7 Then they found a clean and good hotel
8 There was a restaurant in the hotel
a. 3 4 8 6 2 1 5 7
b. 3 2 4 7 1 8 6 5
c. 3 4 1 2 7 8 5 6
d. 3 8 2 1 5 7 6 4

Dekanawidas role as a supreme lawgiver in the Iroquois tribe has given him
the status of demigod within the Indian nation. Born into the Huron tribe,
Dekanawida caused great fear in his parents, who tried to drown him in his youth
after a prophecy was made indicating that he would bring great sorrow to the
Huron nation. Dekanawida was to survive this attempted drowning but later left
his parents home and tribe to live among the Iroquois.
One of his achievements with the Iroquois was the institution of a law among
the Iroquois that virtually ended blood feuds among the nations families.
Wampum, strings of beads made of polished shells, was a valued commodity in
the Iroquois culture; according to the policies established by Dekanawida,
wampum had to be paid to the family of a murder victim by the family of the
killer. Since the killer was also put to death, the family of the killer had to pay the
victims family in wampum for two deaths, the death of the murder victim and the
178
death of the killer. These strict policies implemented by Dekanawida helped to

establish him as a wise lawgiver and leader of the iroquois nation.
46.
a.
b.
c.
d.
According to the passage, Dekanawida was NOT?

a lawmaker
a Huron by birth
a near deity
drowned when he was young
a.
b.
c.
d.
Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passageabout wampum?

it was used extensively by the Huron
it had a high value to the Iroquois
it was given to a murder victims family
it was made of polished sells
47.
48.
... that he would bring great sorrow to the Huron nation.

The underlined word has the closest meaning to ...
a.
joy
c. fortune
b.
sadness
d. ruin
Africa is a .......49) of developing countries. It lies .....50) the Atlantic Ocean in the
West and the Indian Ocean in the East. These oceans .....51) in the South of Africa.
Africa is famous for .....52) two wide deserts. .....53) the Sahara Desert and the
Kalahari Desert.
49.
a. sea
b. peninsula
c. continent
d. lake
50.
a. in
b. between
c. among
d. over
51.
a. meets
b. met
c. will meet
d. meet
52.
a. its
b. it
c. its
d. their
53.
a. That is
b. It is
c. They are
d. There are
54.
Ayu
: Mum, can I go to the cinema tonight,

please?
Mrs. Ida : Im sorry. You cant.
From the dialogue we can conclude that...
a. Ayu is inviting her mother to go to the cinema
b. Mrs. Ida refuses Ayu permision to go to the cinema
c. Mrs. Ida is asking permission to go to the cinema
d. Ayu is giving Mrs. Ida permission to go to the cinema
55.
Look! Besya ........ a very thick book. Im sure that she ....... finish reading it
this afternoon.
a.
reads does not
b.
reads do not
179
c.
d.
is reading does not

reading will not
56.
The bust departs at midday ..... we will arrive in Bandung at two thirty.
a. but
c. although
b. so
d. because
57.
The mice hid in the hole, ..........?

a. werent they
c. didnt they
b. didnt it
d. dont they

San Francisco is my favorite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean,
not too big, and it has something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in
San Francisco. The streets wind up and down the hills, with beautiful old brick and
wooden houses on either side.
One of my favorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride the cable car. It
takes you to most parts of the city. Its not a very comfortable ride, but its
exciting and the views you get from the car are wonderful.
I like the weather in San Francisco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The
summers are pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always
blue. It rains quite a lot in the winter, but it never gets very cold.
Another thing I enjoy about the city is the restaurants. The seafood
restaurant with crabs and lobster are my favorites. You can also get great
Chinese, Japanese, American, and European food in San Francisco.
58. The text is about San Francisco which
a. is a tourist destination
b. has a bad weather.
c. is the writers favorite city in USA
d. has a comfortable transportation
59. From the text above we know that the streets in
San Francisco are not ..
a. straight
c. long
b. wide
d. narrow
60. But its exciting and the views you get from the
car are wonderful.
The synonym of the underlined word is .
a. facilities
c. service
b. scenery
d. focus
Number of
correct
answers
score
/6
180
LEARNING ACTIVITY I : GRAMMAR

Basic Understanding about English Grammar
Grammar dalam bahasa inggris dapat diartikan tata bahasa atau sistem bahasa. Yang mencakup
: Pronoun and Noun, Word/Part of speech, Phrase, Sentence, Tenses, Moda Auxiliaries,
Gerund and Infinitive, Passive Voice, Reported Speech, and Relative Clause.
I. PRONOUN AND NOUN
Macam
Pronoun
Contoh
Pronoun
Penjelasan
Kalimat
Merupakan kata ganti untuk orang, hewan, benda,

atau hal secara spesifik. Bentuk kata ganti ini
Personal
tergantung pada peran (subject, object, possessive), I, you, us, them, its
Pronoun
jumlah, orang ke-, dan gender dari noun yang
digantikan.
Demonstrative Merupakan kata
ganti yang
menggunakan
this, that, these, those
Pronoun
parameter number (jumlah) dan distance (jarak).
Interrogative
Merupakan kata
ganti yang
digunakan
untuk Who is
that
man?
Pronoun
mengajukan pertanyaan.
(Siapa lelaki itu?)
The packet, which was
sent a week ago, has
Merupakan kata ganti yang biasanya digunakan
Relative
received.
untuk
memperkenalkan relative
clause yang
Pronoun
(Paket tersebut, yang
menerangkan noun.
dikirim seminggu lalu,
telah diterima.)
Indefinite
Merupakan kata ganti untuk orang, benda, atau hal anything, everything,
Pronoun
secara umum atau tidak spesifik.
none
Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan untuk Im
going
to
Reflexive
menyatakan bahwa subjek
menerima aksi buy myself new jeans.
Pronoun
dari verb (reciprocal action) pada suatu clause atau (Saya akan membeli
kalimat.
celana jins.)
I myself promise not to
Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan untuk corrupt the project.
Intensive
memberikan
penekanan
pada noun yang (Saya berjanji tidak
Pronoun
mendahuluinya.
akan
mengorupsi
proyek tersebut.)
Merupakan kata ganti yang digunakan pada kondisi
Reciprocal
ketika dua atau lebih subjek melakukan aksi yang each other, one another
Pronoun
sama satu sama lain.
Kata Ganti orang atau Personal Pronoun.

181
Berikut ini adalah tabel kata ganti untuk orang pertama (first person), kedua (second person),
dan ketiga (third person).
Case
Number
Person
Subjective
Objective
Possessive
Singular
Plural
1st
me
mine
2nd
you
you
yours
3rd
she, he, it
her, him, it
hers, his, its
1st
we
us
ours
2nd
you
you
yours
3rd
they
them
theirs
Subject Pronouns
Personal pronouns yang digunakan sebagai subjek kata kerja adalah I, you, he, she, it, we, dan
they. Perhatikan contoh kalimat berikut ini:
- Lisa likes cats. She has four cats.
Pada kalimat pertama, Lisa (proper noun) adalah subjek kalimat atau subjek kata kerja likes.
Sedangkan pada kalimat kedua, she adalah subjek kalimat dan sebagai kata ganti untuk Lisa.
Beberapa contoh personal pronouns sebagai subjek:
- My name is Michael. I am fourteen.
- My father works hard. He works in a factory.
- My sister is older than me. She is twelve.
- Our dog is very naughty. It likes to chase cats.
- Bob, you are a bad boy!
- David and I are playing football. We like sports.
- Jim and Jeff are my brothers. They are older than I am.
Object Pronouns
Personal pronouns yang digunakan sebagai objek kata kerja adalah me, you, him, her, it, us
dan them. Perhatikan contoh kalimat berikut ini:
- Lisa likes cats. She likes to stroke them.
Pada kalimat pertama, cats adalah objek kalimat atau objek kata kerja likes. Sedangkan pada
kalimat kedua, them adalah objek kalimat dan sebagai kata ganti untuk cats.
Beberapa contoh personal pronouns sebagai objek:
- Im doing my homework. Dad is helping me.
- Goodbye, children! Ill call you later.
- Where is John? I need to speak to him.
- Miss Garcia is very nice. All the children like her.
- The car is very dirty. Mom is cleaning it.
182
- - My chocolates are all gone. Someone has eaten them.

Dalam tata bahasa Inggris, pembicara atau orang yang berbicara disebut dengan orang pertama
(first person), sedangkan yang diajak berbicara adalah orang kedua (second person), dan orang
yang dibicarakan disebut sebagai orang ketiga (third person).
Possessive Pronoun vs Possessive Adjective
Kata ini mirip dengan possessive adjective (disebut juga possessive determiner) semakna
namun berbeda dalam struktur. Possessive pronoun menggantikan noun sedangkan possessive
adjective ditempatkan sebelum noun.
Person
Number
Possessive Pronoun
Number
Possessive Adjective
1st
singular
mine
singular/plural
my
2nd
yours
your
3rd
hers, his, its
her, his, its
1st
plural
ours
our
2nd
yours
your
3rd
theirs
their
Catatan:
Hers dan her untuk female (perempuan), his untuk male (laki-laki), sedangkan its untuk
gender netral.
Contoh Kalimat Possessive Pronoun vs Adjective:
Possessive Pronoun
Possessive Adjective
Mine has worn out. (Punya saya sudah Myshoes have worn out. (Sepatu saya sudah aus.)
aus.)
I like yours. (Saya suka punyamu.)
I like yourstyle. (Saya suka gayamu.)
This is hers. (Ini miliknya.)
This is herscarf.(ini syalnya.)
They are using ours. (Mereka sedang They are using ourtools. (Mereka sedang
menggunakan punya kita.)
menggunakan peralatan kita.)
Yours are on the table. (Punya kalian di Yourtickets are on the table.(Tiket kalian di atas
atas meja.)
meja.)
Theirs are the best for dry skin. Theirproducts are the best for dry skin. (Produk
(Punya mereka terbaik untuk kulit mereka terbaik untuk kulit kering.)
kering.)
Penggunaan Possessive Pronoun
Possessive pronoun digunakan ketika object of possession diketahui berdasarkan konteks.
Biasanya ada bagian pendahulu atau antecedent, singular atau plural, yang berhubungan
dengan object of possession tersebut.
Contoh Kalimat Possessive Pronoun:
My brothers study table was pink. Mine was light blue. (Meja belajar saudara saya merah
muda. Punya saya biru muda.)
I hate my job. Do you hate yours? (Saya benci pekerjaan saya. Apa kamu benci
(pekerjaanmu)?)
Whose wallet is this? Its hers. (Dompet punya siapa ini? Itu miliknya.)
Those arent our new uniforms. Those are theirs. (Itu bukan seragam baru kita. Itu punya
mereka.)
Possessive Nouns
183
Possessive nouns adalah kata benda atau nomina yang digunakan untuk menyatakan
kepemilikan atas suatu benda. Bentuk possessive dipakai bersama suatu nomina yang
menunjuk pada seseorang, sekelompok orang, negara, atau binatang.
Contoh possessive nouns yang menyatakan kepemilikan suatu benda:
Tom owns a car. Tom adalah pemilik dari a car, maka bentuk possessive-nya adalah: It
is Tom's car.
Contoh possessive nouns dengan bentuk sebelumnya:
The car of John = Johns car.- The room of the girls = The girls room.
The sister of Charles = Charles sister.
The boat of the sailors = The sailors boat.
Selain menyatakan kepemilikan atas benda, possessive nouns juga dapat menyatakan relasi
antara seseorang terhadap hubungan kekeluargaan, tempat kegiatannya, dan sifat atau
karakternya. Contoh:
- Mark goes to that school. That is Marks school.
Camillas mother.
- Lukes patience.
Perhatikan catatan dan aturan pembentukan possessive nouns berikut di bawah ini.
Jika singular nouns tidak berakhiran s, tambahkan s (apostrof dan s)
The delivery boys truck was blocking the driveway.
Bob Doles concession speech was stoic and dignified.
The students attempts to solve the problem were rewarded
Jika singular nouns berakhiran s, tambahkan s, kecuali bila kata berikutnya diawali dengan
huruf s, maka tambahkan saja apostrof (termasuk juga kata yang bersuara s and sh.)
The bosss temper was legendary among his employees.- The boss sister was even meaner.
The witnesss version of the story has several inconsistencies.
Jika singular proper nouns berakhiran s, tambahkan saja apostrof
Chris exam scores were higher than any other students.
Jika plural nouns berakhiran s, tambahkan apostrof saja. Hal ini juga berlaku untuk kata
berbentuk singular yang berakhiran -s (seperti kata mathematics dan measles)
The instructor asked us to analyze ten poems meanings.
The dog catcher had to check all of the dogs tags.
It is hard to endure the Marine Corps style of discipline.
Jika plural nouns tidak berakhiran s, tambahkan s (apostrof dan s)
Many activists in Oregon are concerned with childrens rights.
Everyone was disappointed with the American medias coverage of the Olympics in
Atlanta.
Jika memakai gabungan nomina possessive (joint possession), maka gunakan bentuk
possessive pada nomina yang paling dekat dengan kata berikutnya.
Clinton and Gore's campaign was successful.
She was worried about her mother and father's marriage.
Beavis and Butthead's appeal is absolutely lost on me.
184
Jika dua nomina atau lebih dipakai untuk menyatakan kepemilikannya masing-masing
(separate possession), maka gunakan bentuk possessive pada setiap nomina.
- The owners and the bosss excuses were equally false.- The dogs and the cats owners were
in school when the fire broke out.
Dalam suatu konstruksi gabungan (compound constructions), gunakan bentuk possessive pada
nomina yang paling dekat dengan kata berikutnya (sebaiknya hindari pemakaian bentuk
possessive untuk konstruksi gabungan berbentuk plural (compound plurals)).
- My father-in-laws BMW is really fun to drive.- The forest rangers truck is painted an ugly
shade of green.
Bentuk possessive juga digunakan untuk menunjukkan sebuah toko, restoran, sekolah, tempat
ibadah, dsb. dengan memakai nama, merek, atau pekerjaan dari si pemilik, misalnya: the
grocer's, the newsagent's, the dentist's, Saint Mary's, the doctor's, the chemist's, etc.
Beberapa ungkapan umum yang memakai bentuk possessive:
- a day's work
- a fortnight's holiday
- a month's pay
- today's newspaper
- in a year's time
- For God's sake!
- a pound's worth of apples.
- the water's edge
- a stone's throw away (= very near)
- at death's door (= very ill)
- in my mind's eye (= in my imagination)
Noun: Singular and Plural
Singular nouns adalah kata benda tunggal. Perbedaan kata benda tunggal (singular nouns)
dan kata benda jamak (plural nouns) dalam kalimat bahasa inggris perlu diperhatikan karena
berpengaruh terhadap kata kerja (baik verb tobe, verb to have maupun kata kerja.
Plural nouns adalah kata benda jamak. Pada umumnya kata benda jamak di bentuk dengan
menambah S atau ES pada kata benda tunggal, degan beberapa pengecualian.
Kata benda tunggal dalam kalimat harus memakai kata kerja tumggal, sedangkan kata benda
jamak harus menggunakan kata kerja jamak. Contoh :
* This car is expensive
: mobil ini mahal
( car bentuk tunggal menggunakan is )
*
These
cars
are expensive
( cars bentuk jamak menggunakan are )
mobil-mobil
ini
mahal
Cara-cara membentuk kata benda jamak:

A. Dengan menambah S pada kata benda tunggal jika tidak termasuk dalam daftar huruf desis.
Singular (tunggal) plural (jamak)
meaning (artinya)
door
doors
pintu
hand
hands
tangan
school
schools
sekolah
185
house
table
student
dog
cat
pencil
bird
cake
tree
lecturer
ruler
flower
houses
tables
students
dogs
cats
pencils
birds
cakes
trees
lecturers
rulers
flowers
rumah
meja
pelajar (murid)
anjing
kucing
pensil
burung
kue
pohon
dosen
penggaris
bunga
B. Dengan menambah ES, jika kata benda tunggal berakhiran huruf desis, seperti S, SS, CH,
TCH, SH, X, Z.
Singular (tunggal) plural (jamak)
meaning (artinya)
Ash
ashes
abu
Bus
buses
bas
Brush
brushes
sikat/kuas
Dish
dishes
piring
Class
classes
kelas
Glass
glasses
kelas
Box
boxes
kotak
Buzz
buzzes
dengungan
Quiz
quizes
ulangan/kuis
Branch
branches
dahan
Church
churches
gereja
Match
matches
korek api
Watch
watches
arloji
Dress
dresses
gaun
Fox
foxes
srigala
Sex
sexes
jenis kelamin
Tax
taxes
pajak
Bench
benches
bangku
EXERCISES
A. complete the sentences with him/her/them
1. I dont know those girls. Do you know .................................?
2. I dont know tha man. Do you know .................................?
3. I dont know those people. Do you know .................................?
4. I dont know Bills wife. Do you know .................................?
5. I dont know Mr. Joe. Do you know .................................?
6. I dont know Gates parents. Do you know ........................?
7. I dont know the woman in the black dress. Do you know...........?
B. complete the sentences. Use I/me/you/she/her etc.
1. I want to see her, but ...........doesnt want to see ..............
2. They want to see me, but .......dont want to see .................
3. She wants to see him, but ..............................
186
4. We want to see them, but .............................

5. He wants to see us, but ..............................
6. They want to see her, but ...........................
7. I want to see them, but ...............................
8. You want to see her, but ............................
C. complete the sentences
1. I dont eat tomatoes. I dont like them.
2. George is a very nice man. I ..... ...................
3. This jacket isnt very nice. I ................... ........
4. This is my new car. Do ............................?
5. Mrs. Clark is not very friendly. I ..................
6. These are my shoes. ..............................?
D. complete the sentences
1. Who is that woman? Why are you looking at ..........?
2. Do you know that man? Yes, I work with .............
3. Where are the tickets? I cant find ....................
4. I cant find my keys. Where are ................?
5. Were going out. You can come with ...........
6. Ive got a new computer. Do you want to see ...........?
7. Maria likes music. ................plays the piano.
8. I dont like dogs. Im afraid of ..........................
9. Im talking to you. Please listen to .........................
10. Where is Anna? I want to talk to ..........................
11. You can have these CDs. I dont want ................
12. My brother has a new job. But ....... doesnt like ..........
E. complete the sentences
1. I need that book. Can you give it to me?
2. He wants the key. Can you ........................
3. She wants the keys. Can you ..................
4. I want the letter. Can you ...............
5. They want the money. Can you ...............
6. We want the photographs. Can you .............
F. complete the sentences
1. Im going to wash my hands.
2. shes going to wash ......................
3. were going to wash.........................
4. hes going to wash...........................
5. theyre going to wash.......................
6. are you going to wash......................?
G. complete the sentences
1. He lives with his parents.
2. They ..............................................
3. We ..............................................
4. Jane .............................................
5. I ...................................................
6. John .............................................
187
7. Do you ........................................?
8. Most children .................................
188
LEARNING ACTIVITY 2
Pada Bahan Belajar ini, Siswa mengenal kelompok kata (Parts of Speech) pembentukan kata
(word formation) melalui pemberian awalan (prefixes) dan akhiran (suffixes) baik yang
bersifat derivatives, maupun inflectional, yang berdampak pada pengayaan kelompok kata
bahasa Inggris. Mahasiswa juga mengenali persamaan kata (synonym), lawan kata (antonym),
serta mengetahui pasangan kata yang sesuai (collocation) dalam bahasa Inggris.
Tujuan Pembelajaran Umum
Mahasiswa dapat menguasai sejumlah kosa kata dalam bahasa Inngris dengan melakukan
pengelompokkan kata, pembentukkan kata maupun pemasangan kata yang tepat dalam bahasa
Inggris, dan menggunakannya dalam kalimat sederhana.
Tujuan Pembelajaran Khusus
1. Mahasiswa dapat menganalisa kalimat sederhana ke dalam unsur-unsur kalimat.
2. Mahasiswa dapat mengelompokkan kata dalam bahasa Inggris dengan pengelompokan
fungsi yang tepat.
3. Mahasiswa dapat menunjukkan ciri-ciri awalan maupun akhiran pembentuk kata bahasa
Inggris dan mengaplikasikannya dalam kalimat.
4. Mahasiswa dapat menggabungkan kata dalam bahasa Inggris menjadi frasa yang
bermakna.
5. Mahasiswa dapat menunjukkan persamaan kata, lawan kata, maupun pasangan kata.
Untuk membantu Anda mencapai tujuan tersebut, Bahan Belajar ini diorganisasikan menjadi
dua Kegiatan Belajar (KB), yaitu:
KB1 : Reviewing Parts of Sentence through analyzing simple sentences.
KB2 : Reviewing Parts of Speech through analyzing simple sentences.
2. WORD, PHRASE, SENTENCE

Explanation and Example
Word : a meaningful sound or combination of sounds that is a unit of language or its
representation in a text. (=Kata adalah bunyi yang mengandung arti atau
kombinasi bunyi sebagai satu kesatuan bahasa dalam bentuk teks)
High, tall, house, room, books
Phrase: a string of words that form a grammatical unit, usually within a clause or
sentence. (=Frasa adalah untaian kata-kata yang membentuk suatu unit tata
bahasa, biasanya terkandung dalam kalimat/klausa).
189
Part of speech
Ketika kita memahami jenis-jenis kata (Part of speech) maka kita akan dengan mudah
merangkai kata-kata tersebut menjadi sebuah kalimat sederhana secara grammatical.
Part
of
Pengertian
Speech
Noun
Part of speechini digunakan untuk menamai
(Kata benda) orang, benda, hewan, tempat, dan konsep abstrak.
Pronoun
(Kata ganti)
Pronoundigunakan untuk menggantikan noun.

Part of speech ini bermanfaat untuk menghindari
repetisi penggunaan noun.
Verb
(Kata kerja)
Partof speechini digunakan untuk menunjukkan

tindakan
dari
subject,
menunjukkan peristiwa, atau keadaan.
Adjective
(Kata sifat)
Part of speechini digunakan untuk menerangkan

noun atau pronoun.
Adverb
(Kata
keterangan)
Part of speechini digunakan untuk menerangkan

verb, adjective, maupun adverb lain. Macammacam
kata
ini
antara
lain:adverbof time, manner, degree, modality,
frequency, place& direction, dan focus.
Preposition
(Kata depan)
Part of speechini dikombinasikan dengan noun

atau pronoun, membentuk phrase (frasa) yang
menerangkan verb, noun, atau adjective.
Conjunction
(Kata
sambung)
Part
of
speechini
digunakan
untuk
menghubungkan dua kata, phrase(frasa), clause
(klausa), atau paragraph(paragraf). Kata ini
terbagi
menjadi
coordinate,
correlative,
subordinate, dan adverbialconjunction.
Contoh Kalimat Part of

Speech
book, house, car, love;
Your book is on the table.
(Bukumu di atas meja.)
I, you, she, this, those,
none;
It is on the table.
(Itu di atas meja.)
hit, touch, write;
You hit the nail on the
head. (idiom: melakukan
sesuatu dengan cara paling
efektif.)
a beautiful girl, the
expensive car
Vina is a beautiful girl.
(Vina adalah gadis yang
cantik.)
yesterday, quicky, very,
maybe, always, there, just
They met by chance
yesterday.
(Mereka
bertemu tidak sengaja
kemarin.)
in the classroom, on
the floor
Is sleeping on the floor
good for my back?
(Apakah tidur di lantai
baik untuk punggung
saya?)
but, both and, although,
however;
I like that car, but I dont
have enough money to but
it. (Saya suka mobil itu,
tapi saya tidak punya
cukup
uang
untuk
190
membelinya.)
Interjection
merupakan
ucapan
pendek Alas,
he
failed.
digunakan untuk mengungkapkan emosi.
Oy! Look at me!
Interjection
Reviewing Parts of Speech through analyzing simple sentences

Pada kegiatan pembelajaran sebelumnya, Anda telah mempelajari unsur-unsur kalimat dalam
bahasa Inggris, pada kegiatan pembelajaran ini Anda akan mempelajari pengelompokkan kata
dalam bahasa Inggris berikut fungsinya dalam kalimat.
Dalam bahasa Inggris dikenal pengelompokkan kata (Parts of Speech), yakni: Kata Benda
(Noun), Kata Kerja (Verb), Kata Sifat (Adjectives), dan Kata Keterangan (Adverb). Dalam
paragraf selanjutnya akan diuraikan secara rinci masing-masing kelompok kata.
Kegiatan Pembelajaran 1:
Reviewing Parts of Sentence through analyzing simple sentences. Kalimat dalam bahasa
Inggris pada dasarnya terdiri dari dua unsur, yaitu (1) subject dan (2) predicate. Predicate
dalam bahasa Inggris, terdiri dari (1) a predicating word (Verb), yang biasanya disertai dengan
object, dan (2) a linking verb, yang biasanya disertai dengan complement berupa adjective
(kata sifat) atau adverb (kata keterangan).
Predicating Words Object
Subject
Linking verbs
Subject
Adverbs
Complement
Predicate
Dengan demikian kalimat bahasa Inggris memiliki unsur berikut

Subject
Verb
Object
Adverb
Complement (SVOAC)
Perhatikan contoh kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris berikut:

1. The boy throws the ball into the water
2. Mary is beautiful
Kalimat di atas diuraikan menjadi:
1.
The boy
throws
the ball
Subject
Predicating Word Object
Subject
Predicate
into the water

Adverb
2.
Mary
is
beautiful
Subject
Linking Verb
Complement
Subject
Predicate
191
LATIHAN
Untuk memperdalam pemahaman Anda tentang materi yang telah diuraikan di atas,
kerjakanlah soal latihan berikut.
Task 1.1: Analyze the pattern of these sentences. Put S for subject, V for verb, O for object, C
for complement, and A for adverb
RANGKUMAN
Maka pola kalimat dalam bahasa Inggris merupakan variasi dari Subject (S) Verb (V) Object
(O) Complement (Adverb). Perhatikan pola kalimat di bawah ini:
192
TES FORMATIF I
From the four words or phrases (A), (B), (C), or (D), choose the one that best completes the
sentence.
1.
____________ in fluorescent lamps, television tubes, and other devices.

(A) Phosphors are used
(C) To use phosphors
(B) It is phosphors
(D) Using phosphors
2.
The tips of some undersea mountains ____________ islands in the middle of the
ocean.
(A) to form
(B) they form
(C) form
(D) forming
3.
____________ of fish: jawless fish, cartilaginous fish, and bony fish.

(A) It is three types
(C) Three types
(B) There are three types (D) Three types are
4.
____________to stop yourself from blinking except for a short period of time.
(A) Impossible it
(C) It impossible
(B) Impossible
(D) It is impossible
5. ____________ the Sitka spruce a hundred years to grow eleven inches.
(A) It takes
(C) By taking
(B) To take
(D) That takes
6. ____________ today was developed by the Swiss scientist Horace de Sassure
around 1773.
(A) Mountaineering it as we know
(C) We know mountaineering is
(B) Mountaineering as we know it
(D) We know there is mountaineering
7. ____________ of the surface of the Earth is covered by water.
(A) Three-quarters is nearly
(C) It is nearly threequarters
(B) There is nearly three-quarters
(D) Nearly three-quarters
8.
9.
By the mid-eighteenth century ____________ many new immigrants entering North

America from Europe that the original colonies in the Northeast were overcrowded.
(A) it were
(B) were
(C) there
(D) therewere
____________ not until the end of the seventeenth century that scientistsbegan to stress
the importance of experiment as a way of gaining knowledge.
(A) There was (B) It was
(C) There
(D) It
193
GRAMMAR & TENSES

TENSES
Simple Present Tense
Bentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjaannya dilakukan pada waktu sekarang
sebagai suatu kebiasaan.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+V1(es/s orang ketiga tunggal (she, he,it)+O...
She goes to hospital everyday
(-) S+does/do not V1+O...
She does not go to hospital everyday; They do not go to hospital everyday
(?) Does/do+S+V1+O...
Does she go to hospital everyday?
Waktu sekarang sebagai kebiasaan, dinyatakan dengan keterangan waktu seperti:
Every day
: setiap hari
Every week
: setiap minggu
Every month
: setiap bulan
Every year
: setiap tahun
Every Friday
: setiap hari Jum'at
On Friday
: setiap hari Jumat
Twice a week
: duakali seminggu
Once a week
: sekali seminggu
In the morning
: di pagi hari
Adverb of Frequency
Always
: selalu
Sometimes
: kadangkala
Usually
: biasanya
Seldom
: jarang-jarang
Often
: seringkali
Never
: tidak pernah
Hardly ever
: hampir tidak pernah
Present continuous tense
Digunakan untuk menyatakan peristiwa atau kegiatan yang sedang
berlangsung saat sekarang.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+to be (is, are, am)+ V1-ing+O...
I am studying English now
(-) S+to be +not+V1+O...
She is not leaving now
(?) To be+ S+V1-ing+O
Is she coming this morning ?
Present Perfect Tense
Bentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjaannya dimulai pada waktu lalu (indefinite
time) dan pada saat diucapkan sudah selesaidan ada hasilnya
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+has/have+V3/been+O...I have taken a medicine
194
(-) S+has/have-not + V3/been + O...

I havent seen you for may age
(?) Has/have + S + V3/been + O...
Have you taken a medicine ?
Present Perfect Continuous Tense
Bentuk kata kerja yang menyatakan bahwa pekerjannya telah dimulaipada waktu yanglalu,
entah kapan dan masih berlangsung terus padasaat diucapkan entah sampai kapan.
Bila diikuti keteranganfor.... atau since.... Bisa juga mengandungpengertian bahwa
pekerjannya masih berlangsung terus pada saatkalimatnya diucapkan
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+has/have+been+V1-ing+O...
I have been studying English for two months.
(-) S+has/have+not+been+V1-ing
Joni has not been out for about one month.
(+) Has/have +S+been+V1-ing
Have they been walking for an hour.
Simple Past Tense
Bentuk kata kerja yang menya
takan pekerjannya dilakukan pada
waktu lampau.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+V2/to be (was/were)+O...
(-) S+did not /was-were not + V1/Adjective
(?) Did/was-were + S+V1-ing
Pada waktu lampau itu dinyatakan dengan kata keterangan waktu
seperti :
yesterday
: kemarin
the day before yesterday : kemarin dulu
two days ago
: dua hari yang lalu
three months ago
: tiga bulan yang lalu
many years ago
: bertahun-tahun yang lalu
last night
: tadi malam
last month
: bulan yang lalu
last week
: minggu yang lalu
lastyear
: tahun yang lalu
LastFriday
: hari Jumat yang lalu
this morning
: tadi pagi
formerly
: dahulu
Past Continuous Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang sedang terjadi di masa lampau.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+was/were+ V1-ing
195
I was working hard all day yesterday

(-) S+ was/were not +V1-ing
She was not walking last night
(?) Was/were + S+V1-ing
Was she walking ?
Past Perfect Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang telah selesai dilakukan di waktu
lampau sebelum peristiwa lain terjadi.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+had+ been +adj/adv/N
She had been ill
(-) S+Had not +been +Adj/Adv/N
She had not been ill
(?) Had+S+been +Adj/Adv/N
Had she been ill?
Past Perfect Continuous Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang sedang berlangsung terus di masa
lampau, biasanya dalam jangka waktu tertentu.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S + had + been + V1-ing
I had been sleeping
(-) S + had not + been + V1-ing
She had not been sleeping
(?) Had + S + been + V1-ing
Had you been sleeping ?
Present Future Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan terjadi
di masa depan.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+ shall/will + be + V1-ing
I will be hungry, I am going to go home tomorrow
(-) S + shall/will + not + have + been +adj/adv/N
I will not be hungry; I am going to go home.
(?) Shall/will + S|+be+Adj/Adv/N
Will she be hungry ? ; Wont you be hungry ? ; Are you going to go home ?
Present Future Continuous Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan sedang berlangsung di masa
datang.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+Shall/Will+Be+V1-ing
I will be going home
(-) S+Shall/Will not +Be+V1-ing
I will not be going home
(?) Will/Shall +S+Be+V1-ing
Will you be going home
Present Future Perfect Tense
196
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang telah dimulai di waktu lampau dan
akan telah selesai di waktu tertentu di masa yang akan datang
Pola Kalimat:
(+) S+Shall/Will+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N
I will have been there
(-) S+Shall/Will+Not+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N
You will not have been there
(?) Shall/Will+S+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N
Will you have been there ?
Past Future Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan terjadi di waktu lampau.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+Should/Would+Be+Adj/Adv/N
I should be hungry
(-) S+Should/Would Not + Be+Adj/Adv/N
I should not be hungry
(?) Should/Would +S+Adj/Adv/N
Would you be hungry ?
Past future continuous tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan sedang dilakukan di waktu
lampau.
Pola Kalimat:
(+) S+Should/Would+Be+v1-ing
You should be running
(-) S+Should/Would not + Be+V1-ing
You should not be running
(?) Should/Would +S+Be+V1-ing
Would she be running?
Past Future Perfect Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan telah dilakukan di waktu
lampau.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+Should/Would+Have+Been+Adj/Adv/N
I should been late
(-) S+Should/Would not +Have+Been+Adj/Adv?
I should not have been late
(?) Should/Would+S+Have+Been+Adj/Adv?N
Should I have been late?
Past Future Perfect Continuous Tense
Untuk menyatakan peristiwa, kegiatan atau tindakan yang akan telah sedang terjadi di waktu
lampau.
Pola Kalimat :
(+) S+Should/Would+Have/Been+V1-ing
I should have been sleeping
(-) S+Should/Would not+Have+Been+V1-ing
197
I should not have been sleeping

(?) Should/Would+S+Have+Been+V1-ing
Would I have been sleeping?
COMMANDS-REQUESTS
COMMANDS
(Kalimat perintah)
Pola : Open + Your book
Contoh:
1. Sweep the floor.
2. Polish your hair.
3. Comb your hair.
NEGATIVECOMMANDS
(Kalimat larangan)
Pola: Do not + smoke atau Dont + smoke
Contoh:
1. Dont talk
2. Dont make noise
3. Dont write on the wall
REQUEST
(Kalimat permintaan)
Open thedoor
Please!
Do not talk,
Will you come
here
Please
open the door
Please!
Please
do not talk
Please!
Will you please
come here?
Would you
please,
write your
name?
Would you
Please!
write your name
Would you like
To
smoke?
Would you
mind
helping
me?
ATAU
198
Wont
join
us?
Let us
study
here
Lets
study here
Ada juga pola klaimat yang tidak menggunakan Verb (kata kerja), sehingga pola yang
digunakan sebagai berikut:
Pola
Contoh
Be + Adjective
Be diligent !
Be + Adverb
Be here !
Be + Nouns
Be a teacher!
LANGUAGE FUNCTION
1. Functional expressions
Introducing yourself Skills
For introduction yourself is the first step of starting communication between nurse and patient.
The most important things of introducing yourself are by saying greeting, contract time, and
mention your name.
For example:
1. Hello, my name is Joni
2. How do you do?
3. Nice to meet you
4. I am in charge today
5. How do you spell your name?
Practice the dialogue
(1) Visit the patient
N: Hello, Mr. Joni, Im Ani. Im on duty tonight
P: I see
N: How are you?
P: Im better thanks
N: Alright Mr. Joni, see you later.
Offering services
199
In some activities, one of the nurse role is encouraging patient to offer nursing care to the
patient.
For example:
1. What can I do for you?
2. Do you need any help?
3. Do you want me to help you?
4. If you need anything, let me know.
5. Is there anything I can do?
(1) In the patient room
N : Did you press the buzzer Joni?
P : Yes I did N: What is it?
P : Can I have rice for my lunch today?
N : Ill ask the doctor. Anything else?
P : I miss ice cream
N : Wow let me ask the doctor, OK?
P : Thanks.
N : Welcome
1.3 Giving direction
Giving direction is one of competence that nurse and midwife must be posses. Nursing
intervention needs the direction, clearly, accurately, and relevance.
For example:
1. Youd better sit down, madam
2. After that, you need to do the pre admission test.
3. Before the test you must be fasting
4. When you get the results, please come back here.
5. The laboratory is down the hallway
(1) In the laboratory
P : Good morning, Im Rini. This is the note from the registration office
N : Thank you Mister/Mrs.
P : Rini Rini Dahlan
N : Mr Dahlan Right. Now, Mr. Dahlan you take this (note) to the gentleman in that
room
P : I see
N : You will have a urine test. When its done, youll go to the lady in the opposite room.
P : Alright. What did I do there? N: She will do the blood test
P : Thank you
N : Welcome
1.5 Explaining
Explaining is used to explain something about information questions. You need to use some
conjunction wards such as: and, but, or, then, after that, because, for example etc.
For example:
1. Let me tell you this
2. Generally speaking, smoking is harmful
200
3. However, they should maintain balanced diet.

4. This will give you a lot of energy
5. Because milk contains a lot of energy.
Practice the dialogue:
(1) A patient afraid will be examined by doctor
P : Nurse, whats going to happen there?
N : First, the doctor will ask you detailed questions.
P : About what?
N : About your health and any illness you may have had.
P : Then?
N : The doctor will physically examine you.
P : With my cloths on?
N : Well you may need to take off most\t your clothing.
P : But?
N : You can ask to be examined by a doctor of the same sex as yourself.
P : Oh Okay.
1.6 Describing
The Function of describing is focused on describing something, such as instruments, part of
the body, diseases, and procedur es of intervention.
For example:
1. How is she?
2. She doesnt look very good (seriously ill)
3. How was it? (How was the operation?)
4. It went very well
5. The theatre was very cold though.
(1) The condition of patient
S : How is you little patient?
N : His throat is swollen and hes got temperature.
S : Do you think its just infection?
N : I guess sothe secondary viral infection after the flu
S : I see So, nothing serious.
N : Well looks better than yesterday, but Id better watch out
S : Hes a happy kid.
N : Youre right. Hes a lovely boy
1.7 Convincing The function of convincing is to make sure about our intervention that it will
help patient of recovery.
For example:
1. Dont worry, it has no side effects.
2. Im sure youll get well soon
3. I think surgery is the only solution
4. Youll be home in a couple of days
5. You should really consider it
201
(1) Convincing the patient in order to reduce the weight

P : What do you think?
N : It looks like youve been putting on weight, madam
P : Really? Wow
N : Youre supposed to loose some/ its extremely important
P : Is it?
N : Sure it is
P : But Ive tried to eat less and sometimes I skip dinner
N : well, you need to consider both quantity and quality. You consider the carbohydrate and
fat content
P : That is not easy, isnt it?
1.8 Persuading
Persuading purposes to persuade patient to obey all regulations. The words that commonly
used in persuading are probably, would be, likely etc.
For example:
1. I would say that you need a doctor
2. It is a likely that you need medication
3. We really need your supports
4. Could you consider the proposals?
5. Staying in the hospital is not bad idea Practice the dialogue:
(1) Persuading to see the operate
N: Doctor Joni, can I ask you something?
D: Sure, what is it?
N: May I watch you perform the operation today?
D: But youre a ward nurse.
N: I know, but I want to be in the theatre once a while. O doesnt dare ask the other doctors. D:
Wouldnt you be on duty this afternoon?
N: No, Ill be free after lunch. Is okay doctor?
D: Not a problem. Ill let the theatre people know.
N: Thank you very much, doctor. I really appreciate that.
D: Dont mention it. See you there. N: see you, doctor.
1.9 Consoling/soothing
Consoling purposes to consul patient to be calm down or relax
For example:
1. Take it easy
2. Calm down
3. Dont worry
4. Take a deep breath
5. Youre in pain. Arent you?
(1) Patient need comfortable and relaxing
N : Good morning How are you?
P : Well not very good, Im afraid
N : I can see that, but well help you out. Now shall we try to something to make you
relaxed?
P : Do you think it will work?
202
N : It usually does. Just relax Take this seat and put your head down hereDr, Joni is a real
expert here.
P : Is she?
N : Yes she knows what to do. You will like her
P : I hope so.
1.10 Encouraging/motivating
Encouraging is used by nurse to encourage patient to have a positive thinking about her/his
disease
For example:
1. Im sure you will make it.
2. Have faith and everything will work out well
3. Be brave and youll be okay
4. You need to see the bright side of it.
5. Just does it, youve got nothing to loose.
(1) A patient gets loss of her leg and doubt to go home.
P : I dont know what to do
N : You may not know what to do now, Sir. But once youre out thereTheres so much to
do.
P : I feel so useless
N : I understand the feelings. Some people think this is the end of the world. But many
handicapped people do useful things, Things they never thought of before.
P : Like what?
N : One of our patients last year You know, he writes now. He says he cant be happier.
P : Really? I should think of hobby now.
N : Why not. Everyone has potentials.
P : Thats true. Thanks. N: Welcome.
Telling the time
Timing (hours, month, date)
203
204
205
206
Smallpox Cacar Measles Campak Mumps Gondongan/ gondok Whooping-cough Batuk kodok
(kinkhus)
34
Chicken-pox Cacar air Polio (infantile paralysis) Sakit lumpuh (polio) Diphtheria Dipteral
These diseases are all contagious Penyakit-penyakit ini semuanya menular
Some of them can be prevented by vaccination
Ada diantaranya yang dapat dicegah dengan vaksinasi
Have the children been vaccinated yet? Apakah anak-anak sudah dicacar (disuntik)? Yes, they
have just had their smallpox vaccination Ya, mereka baru dicacar They have been vaccinated
against smallpox (Melawan sakit cacar)
Other illness Penyakit-penyakit lain Dysentery Mejan, disentri Tonsillitis Sakit amandel
Appendicitis Sakit usus buntu Pneumonia Radang paru-paru Indigestion Pencernaan makanan
kurang baik Rheumatism Encok, rematik Heart trouble Sakit jantung High blood pressure
Darah tinggi Diabetes Kencing manis, penyakit gula Hepatitis, jaundice Sakit kuning
Tuberculosis TBC Malaria Malaria Cancer Kanker
35
Dengue Demam berdarah
c. At the Hospital Di Rumah Sakit
Hes in (the) hospital Ia di rumah sakit He has to go to (the) hospital Ia harus pergi ke rumah
sakit He was taken to (the) hospital Ia dibawa ke rumah sakit He went by ambulance Ia
dibawa ke rumah sakit pakai ambulans
Please phone Emergency and call for an ambulance
Toonglah, telpon nomor Darurat, dan minta dikirim ambulans
He has to be operated on He has to have an operation
Ia harus dioperasi
He has been operated on He has had an operation
Ia telah dioperasi
The operation was successful Operasinya berhasil Was he under anesthesia Apakah ia dibius?
What are the visiting hours? Jam berapa terima tamu (waktu kunjungan)? The visiting hours is
from eleven to twelve Waktu kunjungan dari jam 11 sampai 12
d. Getting Well Menjadi sembuh
How are you today? Bagaimana keadaan anda hari ini? Im much better, thank you Baikan,
terima kasih Is he well now? Sudah sembuh dia? Yes, hes well now Ya, sudah sembuh
36
He has recovered from his illness hes worse today
Hari ini keadaannya kurang baik
Hes had a relapse Penyakitnya kambuh I hope you will get well soon I wish you a speedy
recovery Best wishes for a speedy recovery Mudah-mudahan cepat sembuh
To heal menyembuhkan, menjadi sembuh A healer penyembuh, juga dukun The cut is
healing luka berangsur sembuh His hand is healing very well tangannya menjadi sembuh
e. Hurt, Pain, Sore Merasa sakit
Ouch! I cut myself Aduh! Terpotong! Terluka! Does is hurt? Sakitkah Yes, it hurts a lot Ya,
sakit sekali No, it doesnt hurt Tidak, tidak sakit - Whats the matter? Did you hurt yourself?
(Mengapa?) Ada apa? Ada sakit? Cedera, luka? - Yes I think I broke my arm atau my arms
broken Ya, saya kira tangan saya patah Dont hurt me Jangan menyakiti saya
37
You hurt me Anda menyakiti saya. You hurt his feelings Anda menyakiti hatinya
He
feels hurt Dia merasa sakit hati
Does it hurt? = Is it painful? Sakitkah?
Yes, it hurts = Yes, its very painful Ya, terasa sakit sekali
He is seriously ill,
207
but he doesnt feel any pain Ia sakit keras, tetapi tidak merasa sakit
My arm
hurts = I have pain in my arm Lengan saya sakit
Sore sakit, terutama kalau dipegang
A sore luka terbauka yang terasa sakit
56
f. Bagaimana Bahasa Inggrisnya:
1. - Sudah dengar khabar tentang John? - Tidak. Ada apa? - Dia dibawa ke rumah sakit
semalam - Ada apa dengan dia? - Ia harus dioperasi. Sakit usus buntu - Mudah-mudahan
operasinya berhasil - Jam berapa terima tamu? - Dari jam 11 sampai 12
2. - Dokter mengatakan apa? / Apa kata dokter? - Katanya saya harus menambah berat badan
dan saya harus beristirahat - Dia memberikan saya suntikan dan memberi resep untuk pil. Te
tapi tidak ada yagn berat - Mudah-mudahan cepat sembuh
g. Jawablah pertanyaan-pertanyaan ini:
1. Whats the matter? Did you hurt yourself? 2. How are you today? 3. When you went to the
dentist, what did he do? 4. When you went to the doctor, what did he say? 5. What did he do?
6. Is it anything serious? No, its only.. 7. Have you taken the patients temperature?
Yes, he/ she
208

Modul Bahasa Inggris Sma N Solok

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Modul Bahasa Inggris Sma N Solok

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

DISCUSSION MATERIALS

SMA Students Modul of English

SMA Students Modul of English

Offering Help or Things (menawarkan bantuan / menawarkan sesuatu)

SMA Students Modul of English

Understanding Types of Text

1. Analytical Exposition Text

Cars should be banned in the city. As we all know,

Example of Analytical Exposition

Thesis: This pre-conclusive paragraph states the writers point of

government to accelerate the investment reform measures in

C. Laptop as Students' Friend

Conventionally, students need

First, modern schools tend to

SMA Students Modul of English

transaction. After that the laptop will be delivered to the students'

Functionally, translation is transferring the message or the

contain links to basically any website you would like to drive

SMA Students Modul of English

empty for so long that everything was in a terrible mess.

A. Blessing behind Tragedy

SMA Students Modul of English

SMA Students Modul of English

relating verbs untuk memberikan

Snow White did not want her Uncle and Aunt

action verbs, misalnya Our new

the tree house,

Then she saw this little cottage. She knocked but

SMA Students Modul of English

Meanwhile, the seven dwarfs were coming

SMA Students Modul of English

them really entertaining as well increasing the moral value

Orientation: the text introduces the Queen Maura and three

Narrative (Naratif, dongeng)

Orientation; Pengenalan tokoh,

Complication; Masalah, konflik

Koda: perubahan yang terjadi

SMA Students Modul of English

Complication: Queen Maura finds

her steps sister which supported her mother to make Cinderella

saying verb; answered

How to Make a Cheese Omelet

SMA Students Modul of English

Eat while warm.

B. Writing For Business

SMA Students Modul of English

Generic Structure Analysis

6. News Item Text

SMA Students Modul of English

Moscow A Russian journalist has uncovered

Yelena Vazrshavskya is the first journalist to speak to

A board of investigators was later to describe it as

Abdul latiff made remark to coincide with the

(Source The Jakarta Post, June 01, 2008)

Generic Structure Analysis

SMA Students Modul of English

Generic Structure Analysis

Generic Structure Analysis

I have been wondering if homework is necessary.

I think we should have homework because it helps us to

But, many times, doing homework is not a great idea. I

Example of Discussion Text

Nuclear power is generated by using uranium which is a metal